This is only a preview of the February 1991 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 47 of the 104 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
|
BONUS 116-PAGE ALTRONICS CATALOG
$3.50 FEBRUARY 1991
NZ $4.95
:~L
-
AUSTRALIA'S DYNAMIC §~ELECTRONICS MAGAZINE~
SERVICING -VINTAGE RADIO - COMPUTERS - AMATEUR RADIO - PROJECTS TO BUILD
IR
David Reids
have the best prices possible.
Even one of their competitors
seem to think so. Have a
look/Ill/
Model 1122 lntergrated Telephone/Answering Machine
Telephone Features:
* Ten easily programmable memories
* Last number redial
* Tone/Pulse switchable dialing
* Pause button
* Three position ringer switch
Answering Machine Features:
* Variable length outgoing message
* Play back of outgoing message
* Voice activated for incoming messages
* Call screening
* LED indicators and tone verifications
* 30/39 MHz
eal for watching a video in the bedr
ving to move your complete VCR s
tension cables runing from one end
Output channel: UHF30
Transmitting distance: 10 mtr.
Complete with connecting cables
and power supply.
* Last number redial
* Mute operation
* 2-way intercom
* Table or wall mounted
Range approx. 250 mtrs
*
non-Watch" Wireless
Baby Monitor
Transmits all sounds in the
room up to 300 ft away.
normally $99.95
ARLEC Remote
Control Door Chime
A portable door chime you
can place anywhere in the
home. Range: 20 meters.
only$69.95
wire ty
* 8mtr. $7
*15mtr. $
Bargain !!!!!
* Water level sensor
mounted on a suction cup
for easy level adjustment.
* Also has floor water flood
sensor on main unit to
detect over-spills.
only$9.95
Multi-Lingual Pocket
Translator
Telephone Extension
Bell with 10 mtr. cord
Instant word conversion of
ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN,
SPANISH and ITALIAN.
* 1400 words per language.
This product allows you to
hear your telephone ring up
to 10 meters away from an
exi~ting telephone outlet
on/y$49.95
only$19.95
Gas Leakage
Detector
* Detects Propane, Butane
and Methane gases.
* Inbuilt visual and audible
alarm.
* N.0./N.C. output for alarm
systems.
$79.95
Heat Detector
* Fixed temp.
<at> 60 deg. C
* Switch rating up to 30V
DC<at>300mA
* No voltage required
* Suit many alarm systems
* Easy to mount
only$9.95
CITIZEN ED-3800
ELECTRONIC DIARY
Store Telephone No's, Names and Addresses,
Memo function, Schedules, 12/24 hr. Clock
and Alarm, World Time, Calender, Calculator,
Metric Conversion.
* 10KB memory. * 3 lines with 18 characters.
-.....
CITIZEN ED-4500
CITIZEN ED-7800
ELECTRONIC DIARY
ELECTRONIC DIARY
Telephone Directory with Names and Addresses,
Calender, Memo, Schedules, Calculator, Metric
Conversion.
* 32KB memory.* 6 lines with 13 characters.
Telephone Directory, Schedules, Memo, 12/24
Clock with Alarm, World Time, Calender, Metric
Conversion, Currency Exchanger, PC link.
* 32KB memory. * 6 lines with 32 characters.
.. ,,.,
• <
~
.,
~
",
~,
.
....
,
* 147
X
62
X
18mm
~
' '
·~
~
only $129.95
*154
PRECOMPUTER1000
-A-----Ju11ior
talking
computer
thatstimulates
creative
learning
* 9 "Floppy" Discs
*
*
*
with over 1000 multiple choice
questions on Science, History,
Health and Safety, Trivia, Maths.
18 Activities
including Spelling, Math, Music,
and More!
Multi-Level Games and Quizzes
1 and 2 player modes.
Large Screen
with animated dot matrix graphics.
X
82
X
:,
•
,,
.• », , ; ,
~
"
,
"
"' ~ ~
19mm
,,
.
,
¥
'
"
'
only $295.95
+
AM/FMRADIO and DIG
d
PORT.A.GU.ARD
Portable Security Sensor
A portable PIR security system with built-in Alarm/Chime and light.
Take it with you anywhere. E.g. from room to room, take it on holidays
to secure your hotel/motel room, caravan or tent. Monitor children, or
use it as an automatic light when the user gets up out of bed at night.
* Detection distance: 15ft.
* View of field: 30deg. horiz.
*
- - ---------...
. ·~
"'"'',.,,
,;:-::~:"~"";:.:...
. . ,.. ,,
."
MS-110 SWR METER for 27MHz
* SWR Meter
* Power Meter
* AM Modulation Meter
* FM Deviation Meter
* Antenna Matcher
* 1watt/10watt/100watt
switchable
: 15deg. vert.
Operates on 1 x 9V 216
battery and 2 x AA cells.
~
24KT GOLD SAPPHIRE
BLUE AUDIO CABLES
WORKSHOP /HOBBY
TOOL KIT
* 1 RCA x 1 RCA 6' $9.50
* 2 RCA x 2 RCA 3' $11.00
* 2 RCA x 2 RCA 6' $12.00
* 2 RCA x 2 RCA 18" $13.50
* 2 RCA x 2 RCA 3' $16.00
( with ground terminals)
* 2 RCA x 2 RCA 6' $19.50
Contains:
1 x jewellers screwdriver set
1 x 120mm long nose pliers
1 x 110mm side cutters
on/y$9.95
( with ground terminals)
DarldR•ld
El•ctronlcs
127 York Str••~ SYDNEY 2000
PH: (02) 267-1385
24hr. FAX: (02) 261-8905
February 1991
THIS DC-AC INVERTER will let
you run a fluorescent lamp from
a 12V car battery. There are 3
versions for 16W tubes, 20W
tubes & 40W tubes - see page 46.
FEATURES
8 Electric Vehicles, Pt.2 by Gerry Nolan
Energy storage - an Eldorado for innovators
14 A Practical Approach To Amplifier Design by David Eather
How to design the output & driver stages
92 The Story Of Electrical Energy, Pt.7 by Bryan Maher
Tasmania's hydroelectric power system
PROJECTS TO BUILD
YOU CAN ENJOY wideband
stereo AM sound with this superb
new stereo AM tuner. Details
page 22.
22 A Synthesised Stereo AM Tuner by John Clarke
Features pushbutton tuning & digital frequency readout
46 Three Inverters For Fluorescent Lights by Otto Priboj
Use them to run fluorescent tubes from a 12V battery
54 Build A Low-Cost Sinewave Oscillator by Darren Yates
Simple circuit can be built from junkbox parts
62 Fast Charger For Nicad Batteries by John Clarke & Greg Swain
Pt.2: all the construction details
SPECIAL COLUMNS
37 Computer Bits by Jennifer Bonnitcha
Why it takes so long to turn on
40 Vintage Radio by John Hill
One thing leads to another
76 Serviceman's Log by the TV Serviceman
Now look what ya gorn an' done!
REVERSED POWER SUPPLIES
can cause all sorts of problems in
electronic equipment. This
month, the Serviceman relates
two tales of woe. Turn to page 76.
82 Remote Control by Bob Young
Galloping ghost & the evolution of proportional control
86 Amateur Radio by Gany Cratt
Oscillators - which type suits your application?
DEPARTMENTS
3 Publisher's Letter
4 Mailbag
20 Circuit Notebook
58 Back lssue.s
73 Product Showcase
2
SILICON CHIP
99
100
102
104
Subscription Page
Ask Silicon Chip
Market Centre
Advertising Index
LAST MONTH, we gave you the
circuit details our our new Fast
Nicad Charger. This month, we
show you how to build it - see
page 62
PUBLISHER'S LETTER
Publisher & Editor-in-Chief
Leo Simpson, B.Bus.
Editor
Greg Swain, B.Sc.(Hons.)
Technical Staff
John Clarke, B.E.(Elec.)
Robert Flynn
Darren Yates
Reader Services
Ann Jenkinson
Advertising Manager
Paul Buchtmann (02) 979 5644
Mobile: (018) 28 5532
Victorian Representative
Hugh Anderson Ply Ltd (formerly
McDonald Woodside & Associates
Ply Ltd), 119 Market St, South Melbourne, Vic 3205 . Phone (03) 696
5411. Contact: Ian McDonald.
Extolling the virtues of fluorescent lights
In this month's issue we are presenting a compact inverter for running
fluorescent lights from a 12V battery supply. There are three versions ,
catering for the very small fluoro tubes, up to those rated at 36W or 40W.
We think that they will be popular for people who want to use fluorescent
lights on boats, caravans and recreational vehicles, and on homes and
farms which are far from the mains supply.
The particular attraction of fluorescent lights in these applications is
that they are so highly energy efficient - much better than incandescent
lamps.
All of which begs the question as to why fluorescent lamps have fallen
so much out of favour as far domestic use is concerned. Why is it so? From
our viewpoint, it seems as though there has been a concerted campaign by
architects and interior decorators in home improvement magazines to
deprecate fluorescent lights. They have been criticised because they put
out a "harsh" light and have ugly fittings.
And it is true that most fluorescent tubes do have a bluish light which
gives a far from true colour rendition, compared to ordinary daylight. It is
also true that most fluorescent light tubes emit a small amount of ultraviolet light which is regarded as undesirable (although it is far less than
the amount of UV in daylight.
When it is all added up, fluorescent lights have had a "bad press". It is
about time they were put back into perspective. For a start, they are very
efficient - about 5 or 6 times more efficient than typical incandescent
lamps. They also last about 15 to 20 times longer than incandescents.
But the potential energy and money savings are even bigger when you
see the inefficient downlight fittings which are now advocated in kitchens
and family rooms. The lamps used in these fittings are not only expensive
but they tend to overheat and have a short life.
In fact, it is now not unusual to walk into a modern kitchen which may
have 600 to 700 watts of incandescent downlights on and yet still be
poorly lit - so much for the vagaries of fashion.
If you compare the cost of operating a twin 40W fluorescent light fitting
with an equivalent amount of incandescent lamps (say 400 watts, 15,000
hours, 8 cents per kWH), the potential cost saving is around $600 if you
include the cost of replacement incandescent lamps. Which means that
the current kitchen lighting fashions are pretty silly.
Leo Simpson
Regular Contributors
Brendan Akhurst
Jennifer Bonnitcha, B.A.
Garry Crall, VK2YBX
John Hill
Jim Lawler, MTETIA
Bryan Maher, M.E., B.Sc.
Jim Yalden, VK2YGY
Bob Young
Photography
Glen Cameron
Editorial Advisory Panel
Philip Watson, MIREE, VK2ZPW
Norman Marks
Steve Payor, B.Sc., B.E.
SILICON CHIP is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Ply Ltd. All material copyright©. No
part of this publication may be reproduced without prior written consent of the publisher.
Printing: Magazine Printers Ply
Ltd, Rozelle, NSW 2039; Macquarie
Print, Dubbo, NSW 2830.
Distribution: Network Distribution
Company.
Subscription rates: $42 per year
in Australia. For overseas rates,
refer to the subscription page in
this issue.
Liability: Devices or circuits described in SILICON CH IP may be
covered by patents. SILICON CH IP
disclaims any liability for the infriflgement of such patents by the
manufacturing or selling of any such
equipment.
Editorial & advertising offices:
Unit 39, 5 Ponderosa Pde, Warriewood, NSW 2102. Postal address: PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach,
NSW 2097. Phone (02) 979 5644.
Fax (02) 979 6503.
ISSN 1030-2662
FEBRUARY1991
3
MAILBAG
The great CD
green pen controversy
I am writing regarding "The Great
CD Green Pen Controversy ", published in the December 1990 issue of
SILICON CHIP.
A CD analyser is intended to measure the loss of data caused by physical imperfections on a disc. In order
to do so , the mechanism must be extraordinarily accurate and stable to
eliminate errors caused by mistracking. Such a mechanism would be very
expensive to produce and would not
be found in domestic CD players. In
this case, a trade-off between cost and
performance is made, and so domestic CD players benefit from stabiliser
rings and Sorbothane damping , having already a significant interpolation
rate due to inadequacies in design.
CD ROM players cannot afford to lose
large chunks of data and so are more
expensive.
A high quality mechanism is unlikely to be affected by stray light and
vibration anywhere near as much as a
cheaper one. It is therefore no surprise that the green pen apparently
made no difference in your tests.
In order to determine whether or
not the green pen is effective, it is
necessary to modify your experiment.
The test should be repeated, if possible, using a standard CD player
mechanism connected to the data
processor section of a disc analyser.
As your test currently stands, you
have proved that the green pen .does
not eliminate physical flaws on a disc.
You need a test which demonstrates
the effect of the green pen on the
tracking accuracy of the scanning
mechanism of the average run-of-themill CD player. Only then will your
data be conclusive.
In support of this argument, it is
claimed that damping rings, green
pens and Sorbothane feet benefit all
players, but that the effect is proportionately less on high quality machines. Note too, that CD Stoplight
has produced data obtained from
Hewlett-Packard analysers showing
an improvement in S/N ratio due to
4
SILICON CHIP
thei,r green pen. Application of the
pen dramatically reduces visible reflectivity of the disc , indicating effective absorption of visible light (IR is,
however, another matter).
Does it work or doesn't it? The
question hinges now on whether you
can take an ordinary CD player to
Disctronics and hook it up .
P. Edwards,
Ainslie, ACT.
PS: valiant effort, bravo!
Comment: we ain't gonna do any more
tests. If you refuse to accept the evidence we have already presented, the
chances are that you or other readers
will cast doubt on subsequent tests
and thereby consider the question still
open. And on a practical basis, neither we nor Disctronics Ltd can afford the considerable cost and time
involved in these tests.
Having said that, the disc analysers used in the tests were connected
to a number of standard CD players.
Two of them were "broadcast" machines which differ only in their cueing facilities - in other respects they
were bog standard. If you consider
that the CD analysers (with supposedly superior tracking mechanisms)
showed no improvement with the
green pen treatment, then what
chance at all is there of any improvement with a cheap CD mechanism?
And although we have not done
any tests, we very much doubt
whether stabilisers or Sorbothane feet
give any measureable or audible improvement to CD players. In our opinion , they come under the same heading of audio quackery.
In a practical sense, we think that
audible improvements to CD players
can only come from improved digital
to analog converters, together with
improved digital and analogfiltering.
Half a disc better
than none at all!
I read with interest your story on
"The Great CD Green Pen Controversy" (December 1990 issue).
I too was amazed and sceptical
when the adverts for this product
SILICON CHIP,
PO Box 139,
Collaroy Beach 2097.
appeared but was too lazy (and mean)
to buy one and try it for myself. As I
expected, your tests show that there
is nothing to them.
However, I suspect you will be
bombarded by golden -eared experts
who will swear they can hear the difference. If the claims made by the
manufacturers are true, then a double
blind A-B test using identical discs
on identical players should show up
a noticeable improvement.
I appreciate your comments on the
difficulty of obtaining identical discs
and players. So how about making
the disc act as its own control? Treat
half of a disc's circumference with
the pen, leaving the other half untouched. Then (particularly if the disc
chosen is recorded right up to the
edge) the laser beam will alternately
be swept through an area of maximum "improvement" for half the
time, and for the other half will play a
reference untreated signal. As the disc
rotates at about 500 rpm when playing the outer tracks, the signal should
be modulated at about 8Hz by the improvement factor.
If this is as great as the manufacturers claim, there should be an audible
- and measurable? - flutter.
Of course, this won't show if the
sound is actually improved, only that
there is some change caused by putting green ink on the disc edge. My
bet is that there won't be any effect
whatever.
This is a test anyone can perform
in the privacy of his own home, without the expense of complex analysis
equipment. And if you can't hear it, it
ain't there.
R. Mercer,
Kelmscott, WA.
Perhaps the pen should
be another colour?
You missed the point with the CDXP GREEN pen. It should have been
BLUE! Another article perhaps? I enjoyed the one in green very much.
Keep up the excellent work fellas!
M. J. Vincent,
Golden Beach, Qld.
Availabls Soon/
ALL NEW 2M VHF FM TRANSCEIVER
This outstanding high performance FM transceiver can be used as either a
mobile or base station on the 144-148MHz amateur band. It must be one of the
easiest transceivers of its kind to build yet it comes loaded with advanced
features.
s399es
Features like -
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Full PLL frequency synthesis
24 memory channels with repeater shifts
25W or 5W switchable output
5kHz or 25kHz tuning steps
Microprocessor control system
Excessive SWR safety shut-down circuitry
0.15uV sensitivity at 12dB SINAB
30kHz selectivity at -60dB
-60dB image rejection
At this price you can afford to take the challenge! Kit includes all components,
hardware, heatsink and a pre-8unched silk screened front panel. Microphone
is not supplied. YAESU D-211 or D-2105 are recommended.
Cat K-6400
<at>-Feb'90
~
QQQ
ALARM SIREN MODULE
TRANSISTOR TESTER
Need an extra module for your home or car alarm? This is the perfect addition.
Some car and house alarms can be disabled simply by cutting the power off.
But not this one! It monitors its supply voltage for fluctuations. If the external
supply is cut, or varies excessively, the siren is triggered. You can add this
module to your existing system or use it as a stand alone unit. (Horn speaker
not supplied)
This low cost instrument will become an invaluable piece of your test
equipment!
• Tests bipolar transistors, diodes, F.E.T.s, S.C.R.s & P.U.l.s
• Powered by a 9 volt battery (not supplied)
• Includes 50mm meter, all components, pre-punched & screened front panel,
and case ~
Cat K-3052 ~ July '78
Cat K-8250
s12ss
Q
<at>oct'90
s39es
Q
Was $46.95 Before Christmas!
Limited Stocks!
EGG TIMER
DUAL TRACKING
+/- 5OV POWER SUPPLY
N~
~
QQQ [1]
VIDEO MODULATOR
rzi
Convert your video or computer output to VHF TV signal with this single
module. Cornes aligned and pretuned plus -it's output is switchable to either
VHF Ch.1 or Ch.0. Can be PCB mounted, includes a built-in voltage regulator
and RCA output socket. A data sheet for this product is available on request.
Degree Of Simplicity
Cat K-6043
sges
Originally $19.951 _
LZJ
Kits marked with this symbol involve mains power wiring. Take
extreme care when working with this equipment .
Q
Simple
QQ
Intermediate
QQQ
Detailed
SCOPE
1so wattSOLDERINC
superscope IRONS
S
Select the temperature you want and the Superscope
will deliver it from cold in just 6 seconds! Uses a
5 C□ PE
non-corrosive stainless steel barrel
fo.r longer life_and comes
with a spare tip and
element. Requires a
3.3V<at> 30A
transformer
Cat T-1692.
Cat T-1605
'l'()()I s
se4ss
10·70 w att Miniscope
Lightweight, fingertip control gives precise
temperature adjustment. Comes with a spare
tip & element and requires 3.3V <at> 30A
transformer CatT, -~1~69;2~.::::::~~::=;::::::--CatT-1660
_
.
~ L.
·
. . ....
Heat ·n Str·1p Cun
A great tool to have around the house.
Ideal for heatshrink work, removing old
paint, drying ... you'll find hundreds of uses
for the Arlec Heat 'N Strip gun. It's mains
operated & light and easy to use.
CatT-4845
ssgss
Easy Etch Engraver
With the Arlec Easy Etch Engraver you can
easi ly and quickly mark your tools, stereo IIIJIDllllllllllllllll
equipment and household goods with a
:;__:,:~
permanent identification. Steel bits let you v.J v · ·
engrave on metal , plastic, or wood . It's
-~: easy to handle and comes complete with a ··-:.-·· ----~- 12V plug pack and long cord.
iiiiiI::: 0\1o;:.,.....,., ~
cat T-4753
$
-::;>==-~~iiiiiiii--_.;;;;iiiiiii!'--=--
3.3V<at> 30A
Transformer
3 gss
A ~ow voltage transformer for Scope
soldering irons. Includes an electronic
shield for extra protection.
Cat T-1692
s79ss
Perfect For PCB work!
ARLEC Supertool
12 Volt superscope
The Arlec Supertool takes the hassle out of
working on PCB's. It sands, it polishes, it
drills, it engraves, it mills. Comes complete
with wire brush, milling cutters, grinding
wheel, high speed drills, chuck collets,
eraser sticks and plug pack adaptor-all in
a handy carry case.
CatT-4754
A 30-150 watt iron that connects to your car
battery and heats in just 3 seconds! Comes
with a 6m lead with alligator clips. Current
drain is 45A.
Cat T-1635
s94ss
s,gss
Replacement tip packs
T-1601/3
Only $1095
SCREWDRIVER BIT SET
Push-Action
The One Tool That Does It All!
• 6 & 8mm flat blades
• No.1 & 2 Phillips heads
• 2 hole reamers
•
•
•
•
CatT-4512
sgss
~
Magnetic
•
•
•
•
3·IN·1 Modular TOOi
Fully insulated with magnetic head~;.;;e,..4.5 & 6mm flat blades
~
No.1 & 2 Phillips heads
No.1 & 2 Pozidrive heads
Cat T-4505
sgss
5
Bit Set
~
• Large rubber handle for extra grip
,
• 1.2, 6, 6.5 & 7mm flat blades
• No.1 & 2 Phillips heads
.
Cat T-4500
$595
It's a drill plus drill bits
It's a Soldering Iron plus solder
It's a Screwdriver plus drivers
And it's rechargeable too!
Cat T-5712
Unbeatable value at s79 9 s
l
0===4··
-
-- -
.··
'.·<· .
universal Bit set
•
•
•
•
For manual or electric drivers
4.5 & 7mm flat blades
No.1 & 2 Phillips heads
No.1 & 2 Pozidrive
Cat T-4518
$395
T·Bar Magnetic
screwdriver
• With 6 magnetic bits & plastic holder
• 2 Phillips, 2 flat, and 2 Torx bits
CatT-4515
ssss
tB1 088/TI
-
-
Fluke 73
The Incredible Fluke 87
Uncompromised quality at an affordable price. The
superb autoranging FLUKE 73 is just the thing to
withstand the rough and tumble of everyday use.
• 3.5 digit, 3200 count multimeter
• 31 segment bargraph
• Autoranging & automatic polarity
• High energy overload protection
• Every feature on one rotary dial!
Cat Q-1 602
You 'll wish that all your test equipment could
perform so well , last so long, and give you so much
flexibility!
• 4.5 digit & Analogue Bargraph readout
• Auto & manual ranging
• Frequency & true RMS
• Capacitance
• Minimax average recording
• Overload protection
Cat Q-1610
• Continuity & diode testing
• Touch hold
• Back-lit display plus lots more!
$179
3YEAR WARRANTY!
S699
Fluke 75
Fluke 77
With al l the features of the FLUKE 73 plus cl iode and
audible continuity testing!
The feature packed FLUKE 77 is the top of the line 70
series multimeter with advanced features like Touch Hold
• 3.5 digit multimeter
and superior accuracy (0.3% for 3.2 to 320V).
• 31 segment bargraph
• Autoranging & automatic polarity
• Autoranging & automatic polarity
• 3.5 digit plus 31 segment bargraph
• Audible continuity testing
Cat 0-1606
• Touch Hold with 'beep' indicator
• Diode test
• Continuity & diode test
• Dirt and moisture resistant case
• Superior accuracy across most ranges
Cat 0-1604
• Hand carry holster
S289·
s399
Genuine Fluke Accessories----------------Universal
Temperature
Probe
Air Probe
For air and other gases.
Protected probe with
perforated stainless
A P-N junction probe.
st eel baffle. Range:
Converts any DMM to a
-196°C to 816°C.
thermometer. Air, surface
and liquids from -50 °C to Cat 0-1686
150°C. Switchable °C
and °F.
~
$119
Immersion
Probe
High Voltage
Probe
AC Clamp
Meter
AC/DC Clamp
Meter
For liquids and gels.
Fully protected by
lnconel sheath. Range:
-196°C to 927°C.
Extends your
measurement capabilities
up to 40K volts using a
division ratio of 1000 to 1.
cat o-16go
Hal I-effect clamp metre
accessory with its own
battery. Measures
currents from 1 to 400A
and fits co~ductors up
to 30mm d1a.
CatQ-1670
Battery powered Halleffect meter for
conductors up to 30mm
dia. Measures currents
from 5 to 400A at
frequencies up to
400Hz.
Cat Q-1672
S159
~2~,89 [iJ
•199~ ~
~
Deluxe Test Lead Kit
Industrial Test
Lead Set
Soft Case
Standard shrouded banana plug
leads with interchangeable tips in a
1.6m silicon insulated test leads with
soft carry pouch. Comes with
interchangeable stainless steel test
alligator clips, spade lugs, standard
probes and safety alligator clips.
pointed tips, and one retractable
Cat Q-1652
hook tip.
Cat 0-1658
Store Locations _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
s59gs
s799s
NSW • A lbury 21 8399 • Bankstown Square 707 4888 • Blacktown 671 7722 • Brookvale 905 0441 • Bondi 387
1444 • Campbe ll!ONn 27 2199• Chatswood Chase 4111955 • Chullora 642 8922 • Gore Hil\ 439 5311 • Gosford
Protective case for FLUKE meters.
With water resistant zipper and
pockets for leads. Even fits FLUKE
holster!
Holster
With lead and probe pouch plus tilt
stand and bel) hook. Suits any of the
FLUKE 70 series DMMs.
~~?r:~; ~fsn~~~i~,N~~=tl~u~~tv~1:~s~J: ; ~~:~~~s3~2;P~i~~~~ ':s~~• .M~~~~~ ~~ ~~~ ----------•
• Railway Square 211 3777 • Sydney City 267 9111 • Tamworth 66 1711 • Wollongong 28 3800 • ACT
• Belconnen (06) 253 1785 • Fyshwick 80 4944 • VIC • Ballarat 31 5433 • Bendigo 43 0388 • Box Hill 890 0699
• Coburg 383 4455 • Dandenon g 794 9377 • East B righton 592 2366 • Essendon 379 7444 • Footscray 689 2055
• Frankston 783 9144 • Gee long 232 711 • Melbourne City 399 Elizabeth St 326 6088 and 246 Bourke SI 639 0396
9
5
2
; ft:1c~m~fJe 33;:;2;~r~n~~~a~~t 2ii Js~~g:C~~i! ~~~~C~~ ~ 4
9033 •TOONOOmba 38 4300 •Townsville 72 5722 • Underwood 341 0844 • SA • Adelaide City 223 4122
• Beverley 347 1900• Elizabeth 255 6099 • Enfield 260 6088 • St. Marys 277 8977 • WA• cannington 451 8666
• Fremantle 335 9733 • Perth City 481 3261 • Midland 250 1460• Northbridgc 328 6944 • TAS• Hobart3 1 0800
• NT • Stuart Park 81 1977
;~t~33.d~~~~~~~
S299
;i~:,i~~g~
Cat Q-1664
s499s
Cat Q-1663
s3295
•
ectr,c
he size, weight, shape and technical characteristics of the energy source affect almost every
other vehicle attribute. Energy density is the most important consideration but choice of the energy source
will depend on a host of factors including: power density, cycle life,
initial cost, maintenance cost, energy
efficiency, output voltage, internal impedance, charge rate, byproducts,
shelf life, temperature characteristics
and overall safety. However, energy
density is what really matters.
This is simply the total source energy divided by the source weight to
give a result in watt-hours per kilo~
gram (Wh/kg). Naturally, the source
weight must include any subsystems
required by the source, such as cooling fans and so on.
Table 1 shows the energy densities
of various fuels and other energy
sources and makes it clear how very
low the energy densities of man-made
sources are.
The values listed are nominal and
may vary considerably under certain
conditions but the much lower energy densities of the man-made
sources relative to the natural sources
are obvious.
It is also important to realise that
energy density may vary considerably with the rate at which the energy
is used.
For example, an energy density of
60Wh/kg may be claimed by the
manufacturer of a particular type of
T
By GERRY NOLAN
When you consider
that one kilogram of
petrol stores the
equivalent of 12,000
watt-hours of
energy, any electric
storage medium
falls a long way
short. The best
alternative is the
aluminium-air fuel
cell which has an
energy density of up
to 360 watt-hours
per kilogram, so it
is obvious that the
field of energy
storage is wide
open to innovation.
8
SILICON CHIP
battery weighing 30kg, so we would
expect to obtain 1800Wh of energy.
What the manufacturer may neglect
to tell us, however, is that if we use
the energy at double the normal rate,
the energy density drops to 45Wh/kg,
giving us a total energy availability of
only 1350Wh.
The moral of this, of course, is to
specify energy density at a specific
power level.
As anyone reading this article
probably already knows, the most
common energy source for electrical
vehicles is the lead acid cell. The
currently obtainable energy densities
of these is up to 50Wh/kg. Other batteries, fuel cells and flywheels are
shown in Table 2 along with their
theoretically obtainable energy densities.
Power density vs acceleration
An energy source with a very high
energy density is highly desirable but,
as with conventional engines, the rate
at which the energy may be used is
also very important. This rate is determined by the power density which
is measured in watts per kilogram.
A good example of a battery with a
high energy density but a low power
density is the aluminium-air fuel cell
developed by Alupower in Ontario,
Canada. Because it takes up to half an
hour to reach its full power capacity,
it needs to be used with lead acid
cells which supply short term demands.
Pt.2: energy storage -
THE GENERAL MOTOR'S IMPACT car uses high-power sealed-lead acid
batteries & shatters the perception thai electric vehicles are slow-moving golfbuggies. During trials, it beat a Nissan 300ZX in 0-100km/h acceleration tests.
Power densities of up to 150W/kg
may be obtained from lead acid batteries , around 200W /kg for nickel
zinc, 100W /kg for nickel iron, 65W /
kg for zinc chloride, 160W /kg for lithium iron and up to 200W /kg for sodium sulphur. On the basis of this
comparison, the ordinary lead acid
battery isn 't too bad.
Replacement cost
How many times can you charge
and discharge (cycle) the batteries
before they have to be replaced? The
General Motors Impact car is designed
to be powered by 32 10-volt batteries.
These have an expected life of about
40,000km and a replacement cost of
around $3500, or a little less than
nine cents per kilometre. This is a
much higher cost than the energy itself, which could be taken from the
power grid for as little as 0.3 cents
per kilometre.
Increasing cycle life will obviously
reduce the replacement cost per kilo-
metre and research over the past decade has greatly improved the number
of cycles possible, in some cases almost doubling it. Now lead acid batteries have a cycle life approaching
800 cycles, up from 500 in 1980, while
nickel iron and sodium sulphur may
be cycled (ie, fully charged and fully
discharged) more than a thousand
times.
Another factor which needs to be
taken into consideration when selecting an energy source is cell voltage ,
which will determine how many cells
need to be hooked up and the type of
array to obtain the voltage necessary
to run the motor and battery efficiently. The available voltage will also
be affected by the internal impedance,
which generally increases as charge
decreases.
Battery maintenance is also an
important consideration from time,
material costs and skills points of
view - your average EV user may not
feel too comfortable topping up the
battery with some exotic electrolyte
every second day.
Flat batteries
One of the things that will worry
EV users , at least until there are
enough recharging stations handy, is
the fear of the batteries going flat without warning. In your present vehicle,
a glance at the fuel gauge and a quick
mental calculation will ef\able you to
work out roughly how far you can go
before you need to stop for fuel.
However, replacing the fuel gauge
Table 1
Energy Source
Nominal Energy
Density (Wh/kg)
Petrol
12,300
9,350
Natural gas
Methanol
6,200
Hydrogen
28,000
Coal
8,200
Lead-acid battery: up to 50
Sodium-sulphur battery: 150-300
an Eldorado for innovators
FEBRUARY1991
9
ELECTROLYTE STORAGE TANK
\
LEAD-ACID BATTERY PACK
ELECTRIC DRIVE
ALUMINIUM-AIR HYBRID ELECTRIC PROTOTYPE - because the aluminiumair battery takes half an hour to build up to peak power, a lead-acid battery
pack is used to supply start-up and acceleration energy. Excess energy from·the
Al-air battery can then be used to recharge the lead-acid pack while the vehicle
is moving.
with a "charge gauge" is not such a
simple matter in an electric vehicle.
The definitions of a fully charged
battery and the way to measure its
charge vary considerably with the
type of battery.
The no-load voltage level may give
a reasonable indication in some cases
but will vary with the history of the
battery, temperature and so on. Measuring the electrolyte specific gravity
also gives an indication but few EV
users would appreciate the inconvenience.
A type of "charge gauge", which
integrates the current into and out of
the battery to give an actual state-ofcharge, would be a great comfort. An
additional selling point would be a
"range-at-present-speed" readout.
Charge acceptance
The capability of the energy source
to take a charge is also an important
ALUMINIUM-AIR CELL - an
aluminium-air cell usually has 20
individual cells, a condenser and a
heat exchanger at the centre of which
are located the pump motor and air
blower. The condenser removes
oxygen depleted air from the system
and the heat exchanger keeps the
electrolyte temperature at about 60°C.
The blower circulates air through the
cathodes.
10
SILICON CHIP
consideration, as it should be able to
absorb high rates of energy input (eg,
under regenerative braking) without
exceeding acceptable temperature
levels.
Nickel-cadmium batteries, in particular, are able to handle high charge
rates and Audi is using these in a
hybrid 4-wheel drive car.
The front wheels of the "duo" are
driven by the normal Audi 2.3 litre,
5-cylinder petrol engine and the rear
wheels by a pack of 49 nicad cells,
each of 1.2 volts, powering a 9.4kW
electric motor which fits into the
transmission tunnel.
Safety considerations
The sheer weight of batteries, especially when lead acid cells are used,
requires special strengthening in the
design and construction of EVs from
scratch or when converting conventional vehicles to EVs or hybrids.
400kg of batteries suddenly coming
loose during a crash stop would be a
major hazard, to say the least.
"Gassing" and high temperatures
during charging can also lead to problems, particularly at high rates of
charge, and effective ventilation must
be built-in.
Silver zinc batteries
Twelve of the first 13 cars in the
recent World Solar Challenge used
silver zinc batteries, while roughly
the same number of vehicles used
DUAL POWER FOR AUDI - a 180kg, high performance nickel-cadmium battery
pack fits into the spare wheel-well of the Audi 100 to power the 9.4kW electric
motor which fits into the transmission tunnel. Because the petrol engine is
retained to drive the front wheels, a 4WD vehicle with two completely
independent drive systems is the result.
lead acid batteries. Although they are
much more expensive than lead acid
batteries, with their high energy density (100Wh/kg), superior power density and lighter weight, silver zinc
batteries give an electric vehicle a
decided performance advantage.
So far we've talked mostly about
batteries and their close relatives, fuel
cells, but flywheels have been around
for a long time, much longer than
batteries in fact, and could conceivably have even greater potential than
batteries or fuel cells as energy storage systems for EVs.
Flywheel research
Your silky smooth BMW, Mercedes,
even the Rolls, would run very
roughly, if at all , without a flywheel
to maintain the crankshaft rotation
through to each ignition stroke.
Apart from smoothing out the staccato power delivery of the piston
engine, flywheels have also been used
in vehicles for energy storage since
the 1930s in everything from torpedoes to draglines and helicopter
hoists. Archaeologists have found one
in the Middle East that they believe
was used as a potter's wheel in ancient Ur of Chaldea 5,500 years ago.
As far back as 1973 , researchers were
predicting energy densities of 870
watt-hours per kilogram using fused
silica as a material for super flywheels.
What some people didn't seem to
Exotic Energy
Storage For EVs
Zinc-hydroxide, aluminium-air, vanadium and sodium-sulphur electro-chemical batteries and fuel cells,
some being recharged simply by
replacing the electrolyte, are all current areas of research .
Energy densities of up to 200Wh/
kg are being claimed for the zinchydroxide electrochemical cells
which are being researched by a
team headed by Jim Evans at the
Lawrence Livermore Laboratories
near San Francisco.
Zinc is often used as a material
for electrodes - remember the zinccopper-acid cell we all experimented
Table 2
Source
Lead acid
Nickel zinc
Nickel iron
Nickel cadmium
Silver zinc
Zinc chlorine
Energy Density (Wh/kg)
Now Available
Theoretical
110
50
90
60
30
100
500
90
High Temperature Batteries
Lithium metal sulphide:
Sodium sulphur:
170
300
Fuel cells
Aluminium air:
Flywheel (steel):
Super flywheel (fibre):
realise until much more recently was
that, while the energy storage capacity is directly proportional to the
mass , it is proportional to the square
of the rotational velocity - so triple
the speed ofrotation and you get nine
times the energy storage capacity.
Concentrating the mass near the
circumference, where the rotational
velocity is highest, also increases the
energy storage capacity for a given
overall weight.
For a time, lightweight high-speed
flywheels appeared to have real potential and a great deal of research
was carried out during the early 70s
with at school? - but it is generally in
the form of a sheet or slab. By using
the zinc as particles, the slurry of anode and electrolyte can be continuously replaced from a reservoir with
the used material being stored for
later replacement and recycling at a
"service station".
The aluminium-air cells being developed by Alupower have a claimed
energy density of 360Wh/kg.
Alupower is an Alcan subsidiary
which is combining its technology
with Moli Energy's rechargeable lithium battery knowledge.
Alupower's fuel cell generates
electricity by an electrochemical reaction between aluminium and oxygen , using an alkaline solution or
saltwater as an electrolyte. An air
350
12-30
up to 40
870
when the Middle East put up oil
prices. Unfortunately, when oil prices
dropped again, flywheel research lost
its momentum.
Now, although research is gaining
speed again, the high expected energy densities haven't materialised.
Nevertheless, the availability oflight,
high-tensile fibres such as Kevlar,
magnetic levitation bearings, high
vacuum enclosures and electronic
commutation and control have enabled densities of more than 40 watthours per kilogram to be obtained.
Because they are so light, relatively
maintenance free and could be made
stream is blown through the cell
stack to supply the oxygen for the
electrochemical reaction, while the
electrolyte is pumped through the
cell stack between the aluminium
anodes and air cathodes.
Electricity is produced as the alu minium oxidizes, forming aluminium
hydroxide as a byproduct which precipitates out and is collected in a
sump. This can be collected and recycled back into aluminium, making
it a clean and non-polluting renewable power source (see illustration).
Some of these research paths
will be blind alleys, others will lead
to developments in directions quite
different from that originally intended, but that is the way of research.
FEBRUARY1991
11
i
THE CLEAN AIR TRANSPORT LA301 - a 4-passenger or 2-seat microvan - uses
lead-acid batteries & an aluminium-air fuel cell to power an 11.9kW DC motor.
It also has a propane-fuelled auxiliary power unit to achieve a maximum range
of 240km and a top speed of lO0km/h.
for change over at service stations
instead of waiting for a recharge, the
possibilities for fruitful research are
very high.
Another advantage of the lightweight fibres is that if the flywheel
disintegrates, perhaps because of
overspeeding, it just becomes a pile
of fluff instead of potentially lethal
chunks of high grade steel.
Where are we going?
One of the mistakes EV designers
and builders seem to be making is to
compete head on with existing fam-
ily cars by designing for ranges of at
least 100km at speeds up to 100km/h.
You may remember from last
month's article that 90% of all daily
one way trips are less than 35km long.
So why not design for a trip range of
50km at speeds of up to 80km/hr, at
least until the technology_ is more
widely accepted.
For a start, this would reduce battery weight to less than half. Less
than half? Yes - with a lighter battery
load and the consequent reductions
in strengthening required - the overall vehicle weight would be much
EXPERIMENTAL ELECTRIC vehicles
have been produced in Australia. This
one is a converted Mazda utility
powered by a tokW forklift motor & a
48V battery bank. Solar cells on the
roof top up the batteries during the
day.
less and not so much energy would
be required to push it around. The
combined results would be reduced
manufacturing, running and maintenance costs, making EVs a much more
immediately attractive alternative,
thereby greatly accelerating their acceptance by the public.
sc
Outside chamber
liquid-filled for
cooling
Fibre-glass
shielding
· Contra-rotating
flywheel rotors
Gimball ing spring
assembly
Electrical leads to
motor/generator
12
SILICON CHIP
THE ADVENT OF THE "ENERGY WH~EL" an energy pack of super flywheels built as a
combined motor/generator with electronic
commutation and magnetic levitation
bearings, running in a high vacuum, would
provide very efficient energy storage. Because
of the enormous speed at which the flywheels
rotate, the energy would be used to power an
electric motor to drive the wheels, rather than
using a mechanical drive train. The pack
would be self-contained so that it could be
quickly replaced by a fully charged one when
discharged. Flywheels used for energy storage
in moving vehicles would need to be contrarotating and gymballed to dampen out
gyroscopic precessing forces.
wpoD FOR CHIPS ... WOOD FOR CHIPS ... WOOD FOR CHIPS ... WOOD FOR CHIPS ... WOOD FOR CHIPS ... WOOD FOR CHIPS ... WOOD FOR: C
WTTTE Pow,r Ort/I Scr111/drtv,r
TOOL BOX
Nlr
Use these with arry electronic
{speed controlled) power drill.
30591 Universal Holder With
Magnet and 7 bits
PoZtdriv PO 1, PO 2
Phillps PH 1 PH 2
Flat
4x0.5mm, 5.5x0.8mm,
6.5x1.2mm
$20.25
30587 Universal Holder With
M_a11.net
·
$11.25
30594 Poztdrlv Bit Pair PO 1
30595 PoZidriv Bit Pair PO 2 3.75
30598 Philips Bit Pair PO 1
•75
30602 Flat Bit Pair 4.0x0.5mm
$4.75
30604 Flat Bit Pair 5.5x0.8mm
$4.75
30610 Double Ended Set contains
PH 1 Philips and 4.5mm Flat PH 2
Phillps and 5.5mm Flat PH 2
Philips and 6.0mm Flat
75
30613TORXBitT10
4.75
30614 TORX Bi!T 15
4.75
30615 TORX Bi!T 20
.75
WITTE TRIAX l111ulalld
krewdriv,r SBt
High Voltage Insulated (1000V)
rlgllt down to tip. VOE approved for
safety. Contains
Flat
0.4x2.5x75mm, 0.8x4.0
x100mm, 1.0x5.5x125mm. 1.2x6.5
x150mm
Philips PH 1xBOmm,
PH 2x 100mm
Mains Test Screwdriver
$49.50
If you want to do a good Job, use
the right tools! This month we're
leatunng our extensive range of
tools for professionals and
hobbyists alike. Call In and check
out your requirements. We're
bound to.have what you want Take
screwdrivers for example -
u-75
C K German Individual
8&rewdrlv1rs
Super-slim with burnished anHchrome peeling tips. Ball end with
guiding point. Ful control for
tightening and loosening small
screws.
Flat
2.5x60mm
1.95
2.5x75mm
6.60
3.0x100mm
.60
3.0x150mm
.60
4.0x100mm
6.60
Philips PH Ox60mm
$11.50
PH 1x80mm.
$11 .20
CK Girman Watchmak1rs I
Screwdriv,r SBI
Flat
~:~m 2\~~m,
Philips PH 00, PHO
$18.50
?(?<
e· ~r⇒m2
C K German Extra Lano
255mm f>'hllips Screwarlver PH 1
WTTTE MICRO# Chm,,.Vanadlum kr111/drfv,r S.t
Precision technicians set Contains
Flat
0.4x2.5x75mm, 0.5x3.0 ·
x75mm, 0.5x3.0x150mm, 0.6x3.5
x100mm, 0.6x3.5x150mm
Philips PH Ox60mm, PH 1X
80mm
$32.95
sa.25
cKGerman Pr1d1lon s,r1wdrtv,r
S.I
As above. Contains the hanCIV sizes
Flat
1.5x60mm, 2.5x75mm,
3.0x100mm
Phillps PH Ox60mm
$23.50
.....
,
~
,,,.TEii
~~moo
ULTIIA$0#/C CLEANER
The latest hlgh-tech Wlfl to clean
PCB's, switches, watches, dralttng
pens - even your dentures! Let !hi
millions of lfl)Y cavitation bubbles
clean the surface 40000 times per
second. 165x90x50mm container
hOlds hall a litre and Is made of
304 stainless steel. Some people
{~&~~arglng $200. Our's are only
.----------C.K. Pt1c/1/011 Too/1
Made in West Germany speclllcally
for the electronics industry with
hand mirror polish. Box Joints with
double leaf springs. Induction
hardened cutting edges. Ceka have
built their reputation since 1790!
II ypu want ths best.. /hem's
nothing finer.
3754 Economy wire stopping pliers
for reptilive work. Adjust to strip
Insulation only. Brass screw and
locknut coll spring. Insulated, slip
guard handles. Polished head
BVX[~
Mag111tamp
The· remar1<able Maggylamp
magn llies any object under a clear
cool light leaving both hands free .
Essenfial aid to efficiency..
• 127mm bi-convex lens,
4.00dioptres, focal length 254mm.
• Flexible arms for easy
positioning.
• Handsome sturdy construction.
• Essentially a microscope with
lighting.
Value at $250
~ CDr=5'"
~
<1)
3767 120mm Snlpenose, bent
pliers
$38.50
3769 150mm Snipenose bent pliers
$33.10
3783 145mm Needlenose pliers
$40.50
3770120mm Flatnose pliers$37.00
3771120mm Roundnose plifie.so
3772 120mm Snipenose pilers
$39.95
3773 115mm best seller standard
angled side cutters
$42.50
3775 135mm heavy duty angled
side cutters
$44.60
3776130mm standard top cutter
$44.60
3776F 115mm standard top cutter
$35.75
3777 150mm Snlpenose pilers
$39.50
3780F110mm Mini small
dimensioned, angled side cutters
$40 .20
3786F 120mm mini-oblique cutters
$46 .85
3798 120mm standard oblique
cutters. short head
$50.60
3799 29° angled head flush cutters
110mm ldeaflor light spaces
$46.25
3841 Short side cutters for
hobbyists
$15.40
C. K. 124P #Hd/1 File SBI
Contai'ns 6 tiles - square flat,
pointed flat, square, round, hatt
round, triangle. Second cur.
chrome vanadium steel. Highest
quality
$33.00
c. K. 2302 Twr,ents
Hand finished, balanced and
sensitive With black PVC coating to
Hps
$7.35
ARISTA ES-1 Electrlcla111 #,an
TIit kt111/drtv,r
AC/DC tester 110V to 380Vmax.
Checks live power points
$2.45 ·
ARISTA HT-28 Stubby Rate/Ja/
Screwdriver Set
3 position ratchet grip handle. Very
compact With 6 bits
Flat
0.6x4.5mm, 1.0x6.0mm
Phillps PH 1, PH 2
PoZidriv PO 1, PO 2
Also accepts Witte tips
$10.95
ARISTA HT-7 6 PIICI s,,.wdrtv,r
S.t
Contains Flat 1.4mm, 2.0mm,
2.4mm, 2.9mm.
Philips PH 0, PH 1
$5.95
HT-14 P/1'9 Phll/p1 Screwdriv,r
S.t
Contains PH 00, PH O. PH 1, PH 2
$5.95
HT- t 7 Watch makers Driver s,t
Contains 16 separate tools for the
handyman
Philips PH 1-1, PH 1-2, PH 0,
PH 0-2
Hex Key 1.5mm, 2mm, 2.5mm
Nutdrivers 3mm, 4mm, 5mm
Flat
1mm, 1.4mm, 2mm,
2.4mm, 3mm, 3.8mm
$19.95
ARISTA HT-11 Pf!clslon Tool Ss/
20 piece set with flat, Philips. nut
and hex drivers, wrench and awl in
g~~e~C:ich~~n4~~.4.5mm,
5mm. 5.5mm, 6mm
0
B~veJH s~~~ f5mm, 4mm,
4.5mm,5mm
Four Hex Keys
1.5mm, 2mm,
2.5mm, 3.5mm
Flat
1.5mm, 2.5mm. 3.5mm
Awl, Locking Handle
$10.95
ARISTA HT-6 Allen Key Sit
1.5mm, 2mm, 2.5mm, 3mm, 4mm,
5mm, ~.smm and 6mm Allen Keys
on key ring
$4.95
ARISTA Habby/11 Too/1
HT-12 Miniature Diagonal Cufrb~95
1
~~)
Here's a few hot
•
$41.95
$88.95
0-Sub Cr/mp,r
Assemble contacts quickly S_Bl.95
Nibbling Tool
Cuts up to 18gauge steel and other
hardened metals. ·IdeaJ for copper
plastic, aluminium etc. Simply dr1fl
3/8' hole Ideal for square panel cut
outs
$19.95
~~
Hal• Punch S.t
1~~os{6'1n\"mty~:m~~!~s l~gl~des
tapered reamer and rigid plastic
carry case.
$69 .95
OKI Wir, Wr.,p Tool
Finest quality
$19.50
We 1Mso stock wrap wlm
ARLEC SUPER TOOL
Operates from safe 12V via AC
adaptor. It can Drill Engrave,
Erase/ Grind, Mill, Polisn, Sand Etc.
Supp ied with AC Adaptor,
Spherical milling cutter, Wire
brush, Grinding wheeI 4 Drill bits -
5
go~ie?/1N/as1e~~~ks Chuck
All for a low
$69.50
Pack ol 4 high speed drill bits
0.6 0.8, 1.0 and 1.2mm
S&.50
Mil 1ing cutters
Set of 3 $7.95
Wire ~rushes
Set ol 3114 .40
Grinding bits
Set of 3 10.95
Cutting discs
Set of 6 10.95
Eraser slicks
Set of 10 $3.50
HT-13Mlnlature End Cutters
$5.95
HT-14 Miniature Diagonal Cutw.s
95
HT-15 Miniature Long Nose Pliers
t9.95
HT-16 Miniature Cutters
5.95
~/7 Magnetic Finger & T,w.~
5
CS-200 Single Operation Cable
Stripper/Cutter
$13.95
HT-25 Scribing tool with tungsten
tip
$2.95
Addison Or/1/ S.t
Rolling forged high speed steel to
8S328-1959. 11 piece covers 1mm
~emm. In sturdy steel stan\ff.so
Bok,r Twfrt-#-Plt:lt Drill Set
Contains 13 drills 1.5 to 6.5mm in
~:.m.
8;n~~i!~fJ~~\;i!:tg~
---------$24.80
Wsller SP1400 40Wan /ndu,tri1/
Ec10010
So/Mrino 111111
Electronic Temperature contrOI
Ceramic filled element. Fast HeatUp. Pre-tinned longllfe plated tip
··•~
{i\\
,·rs;~er the range
and stainless steel construction,
\ ¾ • Three digit LED readout with
Light weight Wide range of liJ)_s_
•
±1 •c resolution
$69.95 PORTASOL
w,1111
,
.·
'
• Temperature control maintained
PROFESSIONAL SOLDERING /CIT
Soltllrfa, ·
for ±10% supply variation
See EA April 88. No cords or
ARISTA HT-5 20W 2411'1 Soldlrlllf
Station,
• Rapid response platinum
batteries
yet It gives the equivalent
lmn
WTCPS
, ·
temperature sensor with full
of a 10 to 60W iron. Up to 90
~
proportional control
20W mains operated,370"C fixed
minutes
conUnuous
use from a
temperature, Iron dad chrome
Transformer powered low voltage
• Thyristor power.control with
single fill. Tip temperatures as high
plated Up, 1mm, 1.5mm and 3mm
soldering station. Features Weller
zero-voltage switching
as
400°C
can
be
set
The kit
Ups avallable
$29.95
closed-loop method of controlling
• Grounded tip
Includes one soldering
a hot
maximum tip temperature to
• 4'!N/2~Var. transformer
kntte, blow torch and ho blow. Cap
ARISTA
HT-3511-25W
Var/1/111
protect temperature sensltlve
operatiOn
contains a flint lighter. Comes In a
components
• 10 second recovery
.
240V Sold•rlna lmn
handy case {with stand for the iron)
• Grounded ·up protects voltage
• 14 tip styles - 0.8 fo 5.0mm
Mains operated,variabfe
almost fits In your pocket. $69 95
and current senslHve
diameter
$195.00 temperature with LED Indicator,
PORTASOL STANDARD
.
components.
Iron clad chrome plated UP,, 1mm,
SOLDERING IRON
1.5mm and 3mm tips available
• 48W stainless steel heater
We've
sold
hundreds
of
'em
to
construction
$44.95
seivlcemen and technicians.
• Non-burning silicon rubber cord
Complete and ready to use with Just
• 15 tip sizes - 0.8mm to 6.00mm
the Iron and bit
$39.95
• 11secs to recover for 37°C drop
$Dare tips are ear.h
J12.95
• Choice of 11n temperatures
Portasol gas speclllcally designed
315°C/6006 F, 37D°CllO"F,
for PORTASOL 150g
$ 5.95
◄30°C/800"F
$137.00
tips
COD Strlpp,r
Suits RG58 and RG59
CoDCrilTl(ler
Suits RG58 and RG59
NOW FITTED WffH PROPER
CHUCK.•• DRILL '# OR/VE
Rechargeable two speed drill and
screwdriver. Two Speeds Orill 325 rpm, Screw-driver - 150 rpm.
Forward and reverse operation.
Pilot light for dark areas. Drills
timber, metal, hardened plastic
Supplied with Rechargeable
Batteries AC Adaptor
3 Drill Bibi 2.0, 3.0, 4.0mm
2
Screwdriver Bits
Screwdriver Bits
le Value at only $69.95
~
·- -- ~
\°r,wJri~
!If,
a
OIC-5000 01,0/dlrlllf Tool
The SC-5000 gun Incorporates a
motorised diaphragm pump.
No tubes or separate compressors.
A built-In thermo- sensor circuit
controls the 60W ceramic heater to
ensure rapid warm-up. Exact
temperature contrOI prevents
damage to sensitive circuitry.
The gun can also be used as a hot
blow tool.
$399.00 ex tax
$478.00 Inc tax. Stand $42.50
GEOFF WOOD ELECTRONICS PTY LTD
229 Burns Bay Road, (Corner Beatrice St.) INC IN Nsw
Lane Cove West, N.S.W. P.O. Box 671, Lane Cove N.S.W. 2066
Telephone: (02) 428 4111 F41x: (02) 428 5198.
8.30am to 5.00pm Monday to Friday, 8.30am to 12 noon Saturday.
Mail Orders add $5.00to cover postal charges.
Next day delivery in Sydney add $5.00.
All prices INCLUDE sales tax.
Tax exemption certificates accepted if line value exceeds $10.00.
BANKCARD, MASTERCARD, VISA, CHEQUES OR CASH CHEERFULLY ACCEPTED
A practical approach
to amplifier
output stage design
There are many requirements for a
successful amplifier design. One of the
least understood is how to design the
output and driver stages to remain
within their safe operating areas. Faulty
design here can be more than just
expensive; the smoking remains are
down right embarrassing.
By DAVID EATHER
Many cope with this task by copying from other designs. This is a limiting approach and almost invariably
leads to designs with a certain sameness about them. Also, bad design is
perpetuated. There is a better way.
This article shows a practical approach to amplifier output stage design and covers the calculation of
power supply voltages, output load
. lines, derating transistor SOAR curves
and heatsink selection.
You get nothing for nothing so before you start there is a fair swag of
calculations to be done. You also need
access to a power transistor data book.
The payoff is reliable amplifiers with
output. power levels customised for
your needs.
There are no definitive answers as
to exactly how many or what type of
transistors you have to use in your
14
SILICON CHIP
design; a lot depends on taste. At the
same time, there are certain design
rules that should not be transgressed.
My method is a simplified approach the overall aim has been to achieve a
reliable design without too much
pain. What has been shaved off one
area is generally compensated for elsewhere.
For illustration, I will be designing
the output and driver stage of a general purpose amplifier capable of 25
watts into 8Q. The circuit is a simple
10-transistor design as shown in Fig.l.
After a general discussion on each
step, I will provide some specific results, so you can check your understanding of the principles being discussed.
Assuming you already know how
much power output you want, the
first step begins with calculations to
find the peak voltage and peak current delivered to the load. Use the
following formulas.
Vmax load = ✓ (2 x P x Z)
lmax load = ✓ (2 x P/Z)
For my amplifier this works out as:
Vmax load= ✓ (2 x P x Z)
= ✓ (2 X 25 X 8)
= 20 volts
Imax load= ✓ (2 x P/Z)
= ✓ (2 X 25/8)
= 2.5 amps
Emitter resistors
At this point, I will give a quick
mention of the emitter resistors, Rl
and R3, on Fig. l. These resistors help
provide thermal stability of the output stage bias current and in designs
with output transistors in parallel they
help to ensure equal current sharing.
The higher the resistance the better
the thermal stability and current sharing but the more power they waste.
The final value is a compromise.
As a guide, you would normally try
for about 0.6 volts across the emitter
resistors at lmax load.
For this design, 0.22Q should prove
adequate. The resistance is a little
low but I would not expect any problems for the following two reasons:
(1) there is only one output transistor
for each rail so there is no current
sharing; and (2) I don't intend to set a
high quiescent current.
The next step is to work out the
required supply voltage (±Vee). You
must consider the requirements of
Vmax load, the voltage drops caused
by the driver and biasing circuitry
and the voltage drop caused by the
emitter resistors in the output transistors, and lastly the ripple voltage
(hum and audio signal) on the supply
rails (±Vee).
At this stage, refer to back to Fig, 1.
, - - - -.....- - - - - - - - - - - - . - - - - - - . . . . . - - - + V C C
R1D
R9
01
?
09
BC547
R17
07
BC549
R9=R10=2R8
C4
06
-YCC+1.4Y
BC639
RB
...__ _ _----,.__ _ _ _ _...__ _ _ _ ___.____ _ vcc
Fig.1: the circuit for a general purpose 10-transistor audio amplifier capable of delivering about
25W into 8Q. Note that the design uses split supply rails and complementary output stages.
Notice that the bias voltages applied
to the bases of Q5 and Q6 are equal.
Notice also that the outputs, drivers
and pre-drivers are mirror images of
each other (R5, Q5, Q2 and Ql vs R6 ,
Q6, Q4 and Q3). This is a common
situation and allows calculation for
±Vee by considering just the positive
side. In cases where the quiescent
biasing varies for the positive and
negative sides, the ±Vcc rails are
worked out separately. Depending on
the design, use the larger value for
both supply rails.
In this example (see Fig.1 again),
there is 1.4 volts across the base-emitter junction of Q5 and R3. We will assume that at full power, the same voltage of 1.4 volts appears between the
collector of Q5 and +Vee, 0.55 volt
peak (Imax load x Rl) across Rl, and
1.6 volts across the base-emitter junctions of Ql and Q3. This gives a total
overhead of 3.55 volts.
Power supply ripple
Next, you have to make an estimate
for the ripple on the power supply.
For this I like to use what I call
Eatber's rule of thumb. Stated as a
formula it looks like this:
Vripple = 6300 X lmax load/Cwhere Vripple is the peak to peak voltage ripple on the power supply and C
is the filter capacitor size in microfarads. The capacitors should be a
minimum of 100-200µF per watt of
output power for a class B amplifier
with a full wave rectifier. (Actually,
Eather's rule of thumb is not just a
whim of mine but is a condensation
of the maths for capacitor-input power
supplies).
For this example, I have elected to
use two 2500µF capacitors for each
power supply rail:
Vripple = 6300 X lmax load/C
= 6300 X 2.5/2500
= 3.15 volts
The value for ±Vee is:
±Vee= Vmax load+ Vripple + circuit
overhead
For my design this becomes:
±Vee= Vmax load+ Vripple + circuit
overhead
= 20 + 3.15 + 3.55 = 26.7 volts
This can be safely rounded off to ±27
volts.
Transistor load lines
OK so far? The next step is to figure
out the transistor load lines. We are
not going to bother with the load lines
for resistive loads. These are straight
lines and not really the problem for
amplifiers. We are concerned with
reactive load lines. These show the
instantaneous voltage and current
flowing through the transistors when
driving a complex load impedance
such as a speaker.
To do this you need the output
power, Imax load and ±Vee. You also
need the value of the emitter resistors
in the output stage (Rl, R2 in my
case), the power output of the amplifier and the load impedance, Zl.
Before leaping into the computations , we need to make an estimate of
the maximum phase shift caused by
the inductive portion of the speaker
load. 45° seems to be the accepted
standard in many electronics magazines and is the value we shall use
FEBRUARY1991
15
20
" "- ....
le = lmax load x sin(wt - 0)
Write down each result in turn for
the value of wt. Next is Vee using the
more complex formula:
Vee = Vee - Imax load X Zl X
sin(wt) - le x RE
The column for Ppk(W) is calculated by multiplying the collector
emitter voltage Vee by the collector
current le:
Ppk(W) = V ce X le
Table 1 shows the results for the
amplifier under discussion.
I'\
10
....
" I'--
~
1 ",
1"
I
Sn LINE
"-....
\
-........I'-
V
I
'\
I
\
\
\
\
Load variations
I
I
I
0.5
I
0.3
0.2
I
\
\ \
\
\ I
I
\ I
3
I
20
10
30
60
Vee (VI
Fig.2: the 4Q & an load lines for the
output transistors of the amplifier.
These curves were plotted using the
data shown in Tables 1 & 2
respectively. Note that the load lines
should be fully enclosed by the DC
SOAR curve of the selected transistor
as shown here.
here. However, if you intend to use
your amplifier with highly reactive
loads such as electrostatic speakers
or line transformers, 60° would be a
better choice.
Drawing up a table
Now we draw up a table with five
columns and 13 rows. The columns
are labelled: (wt - 0), wt , le, Vee and
Ppk(W). Theta (0) is the electrical
phase shift caused by the speaker.
The term "wt" is the instantaneous
phase of the signal frequency and is
expressed in degrees. le is the instantaneous current through the collector
of th e output transistor. Vee is the instantaneous voltage across the output
transistor. Ppk(W) is the instantaneous power dissipated by the output
transistor.
The (wt - 0) column starts at 0 and
steps up to 180° in 15° increments.
Down the wt column write the corresponding value of wt. This is the same
as adding the selected value of 0 (45°
in our case) to the adjacent value of
(wt - 0). This leaves the wt column
with values starting at 45° and ending at 225 °.
Start the calculations with le, using
the formula:
16
SILICON CHIP
Now take a deep breath. A general
purpose amplifier could drive all sorts
of speakers, some with only a very
nominal 8Q impedance. For amplifiers in this situation, it is normal to
design the amplifier so that it can
safely drive into half the nominal load
impedance. This may not be necessary if the amplifier is to drive a
known speaker impedance or if using
electronic limiting. If electronic limiting is not done carefully though, the
amplifier may produce objectionable
distortion if pushed hard into a nonresistive load.
The rule of thumb for estimating
power output into half the nominal
load impedance is that the amplifier
will produce about 50% more power.
This won't apply if the amplifier has
a well regulated power supply and
large filter capacitors, in which case
the power output will be closer to
double. Conversely, if the power supply has poor regulation and small filter capacitors, the amplifier may only
deliver a few percent more power into
half its nominal load impedance.
First, assume your amplifier will
deliver 50% more power. Then you
have to check that your amplifier will
really deliver this power into the new
load. Why? Because if it can, it will
have to dissipate a lot more power
and we need to know that the transistors can stand this extra stress.
Work out the required value for Vee
for the increased power output. This
means going through the same procedure you did before, finding the required voltage across the load, the
amplifier overhead and the power
supply ripple using the new load impedance.
A required value for Vee much
larger than that available from your
power supply means that the amp1ifier won't be able to deliver the extra
50% power, except maybe for short
peaks. If the required value for Vcc is
less than the actual supply, the amplifier will deliver a bit more than an
extra 50%.
Most times, allowing 50% gives a
close estimate of what will actually
happen. If, in your case, the value
you came up with for Vee was very
different, adjust your estimate of output power and go through the checking procedure again.
For my amplifier, half the load
impedance equals 4Q and I expect
the amplifier to deliver about 37 watts.
The calculations for Vmax load and
lmax load give 17.3 volts and 4.33 amps
respectively.
The amplifier overhead goes up by
0.4 volts to 3.95 volts due to the higher
current through the emitter resistors.
The ripple on the supply also increases to 5.45 volts. So the Vcc
needed is still about 27 volts.
The next step is to calculate another load line for the new load impedance. Use the new values for Zl
and lmax load.
My results for output into a 4Q load
are tabulated in Table 2. We can now
draw some conclusions about the
possible output transistors. The output devices must have an le rated
higher than Imax load. The Vce must
be twice Vcc and the power rating
should be at least 50% greater than
the largest value for Ppk(W) for most
designs.
In suggesting 50% more for the
power rating of the output transistors, I am assuming power dissipation is the limiting factor and not secondary breakdown. It is just a ballpark figure and may need adjustment.
Output transistors
For your design, you should be able
to make an educated guess about what
output transistors or combination of
transistors you will need to use.
For my job, I will need the output
transistors to have an le of more than
5 amps, a Vee of 60 volts or more, and
a power rating of around 100 watts.
I c;an now select some possible
devices.
For my design, transistor pairs such
as the MJE3055/MJE2955, TIP3055/
TIP2955, 2N3055/MJ2955 or MJ15003/MJ15004 could all be suitable.
I won't use the TIP and MJE pairs
because the packages are not pin
compatible even though they are of-
HEAVY DUTY TV/SPEAKER
WALL-CEILING BRACKETS
Table 1
rot-0
0
15
30
45
60
75
90
105
120
135
150
165
180
rot
45
60
75
90
105
120
135
150
165
180
195
210
225
Vee
le
12.858
9.537
7.406
6.611
7.205
9.148
12.308
16.469
21.347
26.611
31.901
36.858
41 .142
0.000
0.647
1.250
1.768
2.165
2.415
2.500
2.415
2.165
1.768
1.250
0.647
0.000
Ppk(W)
0.000
6.171
9.258
11 .687
15.600
22.091
30.770
39.769
46.218
47.042
39.877
23.848
0.000
rot
45
60
75
90
105
120
135
150
165
180
195
210
225
Vee
le
Ppk(W)
14.753
11.754
9.794
9.006
9.445
11.080
13.800
17.420
21 .692
26.326
31.007
35.414
39.247
0.000
1.121
2.165
3.062
3.750
4.182
4.330
4.182
3.750
3.062
2.165
1.121 3
0.000
0.000
13.172
21.204
27.576
35.418
46.343
59.755
72.858
81.344
80.605
67.129
9.687
0.000
ten sold as being interchangeable. The
mounting tab is on opposite sides
when placed into a PC board. This
has the potential for mistakes during
construction or repairs. Also, the
power rating for these transistors is a
bit low (only 90 watts). They could
work but I will look around for something else.
The 2N3055/MJ2955 pairs have a
higher power rating for only a few
cents more. This higher power rating
could-lead to cost and size savings by
enabling the use of a smaller heatsink.
The MJ-15003 /15004 pairs are nice
but relatively expensive. Compared
to the 2N3055/MJ2955 pair, they do
offer a better current gain-bandwidth
product (ft) and would give slightly
berotated
360
degrees
~:~
~1H
i1
li1
_,
1
as well as being swivelled
up or down to any viewing
or listening angle. The
metal platforms have
predrilled holes for
mounting and are easily
adjusted with a large alien
key supplied with the unit.
~~
Imparted 1111d distributed by:
Table 2
rot-0
0
15
30
45
60
75
90
105
120
135
150
165
180
The M83 and MB5 are
heavy duty two platform
mounting brackets
designed for securing
small TV's and speakers
to walls, ceilings, desks or
bench tops. When
mounted both units can
lower distortion. Also the much
higher power rating means I could
possibly get away with quite a small
heats ink.
Overall, the 2N3055/MJ2955 pairs
should perform satisfactorily in my
circuit so they are my first choice.
At this stage, the choice of output
transistors is no more than an educated guess. It is possible that the
transistors may not be suitable. The
graph of the load lines, transistor SOAR
curves and the heatsink calculations
will confirm the final choice.
This is the time to check your transistor data book closely. Enlarge or
redraw the safe operating area (SOAR)
graphs for the transistors until they
are a convenient size. Then plot the
~
ELECTRONICS
Available through the fol/owing retailers:
David J Reid
All Electronic
Electronics.
Components.
127 York Street.
118 Lonsdale St.
Sydney. 2000.
Melbourne. 3000.
NSW. (02) 267-1385.
Vic. (03) 662 3506.
SOUND AUSTRALIA
Your P.A. Accessory Specialist
Electronic Component Specials
555 Timer
4001
4007
4011
4013
-15volt regulator
LED's 5mm
Red, Green, Orange,
the same price
V28 7MHz
$0 .1 0ea
$0.15ea
$0.15ea
$0.15ea
$0.15ea
$0 .15ea
Yellow All
$0 .1 0ea
$7.95ea
HEAVY DUTY CARPETED ROAD CASE
4 Unit $100.00 6 Unit $115.00
8 Unit $135.00 10 Unit $155.00
12 Unit
$175.00
Rack cases can be made to order in
any size and any carpet colour.
HANDLES
6" Strap $1.95 s· Strap
10• Strap $4.95 s· Nylon
Briefcase Style
Chest Handle Metal
Recessed Spring Handle
[Z]
$ 2.45
$ 2.95
$ 2.95
$ 5.95
$12.95
-
Please Call for a catalogue
SOUND AUSTRALIA
28 Walker St. Dandenong, VIC, 3175
Telephone: (03) 791 1622
FEBRUARY1991
17
10
wt-e
wt
0
15
30
45
60
75
90
105
120
135
150
165
180
45
60
75
90
105
120
135
150
165
180
195
210
225
Table 3
Vee
12.858
9.537
7.406
6.611
7.205
9.148
12.308
16.469
21 .347
26.611
31 .901
36.858
41 .142
I
le
Ppk(W)
0.000
0.032
0.063
0.088
0.108
0.121
0.125
0.121
0.108
0.088
0.062
0.032
0.000
0.000
0.309
0.463
0.584
0.780
1.105
1.538
1.988
2.311
2.352
1.994
1.192
0.000
'-
'\
'\
\
~
0.1
~
\
'\\
'
I
I\
I
I
\
.01,
1
\\
10
100
Vee (V)
wt-e
wt
0
15
$0
45
60
75
90
105
120
135
150
165
180
45
60
75
90
105
120
135
150
165
180
195
210
225
Table 4
Vee
14.781
11 .789
9.834
9.048
9.486
11.117
13.831
17.442
21.705
26.328
30.997
35.394
39.219
load lines for the amplifier using the
points you calculated above.
Fig.2 is my plot for the 4Q and 8Q
loads using the data in Tables 1 & 2.
You may be used to seeing these load
lines in text books on graphs with a
linear scale and think mine look a bit
strange. Don't worry, they are the same
type of graph only the scales arf) logarithmic.
Notice how the 2N3055 SOAR curve
fully encloses the load lines. If this
were not the case, then the amplifier
may die on the first occasion it is
required to give a big burst of power.
Make sure the load line~ are fully
enclosed by the DC SOAR curve of
your transistor. The fully enclosed
load lines show that the selected
18
SILICON CHIP
le
Ppk(W)
0.000
0.056
0.108
0.153
0.187
0.209
0.216
0.209
0.187
0.153
0.108
0.056
0.000
0.000
0.659
1.062
1.382
1.774
2.319
2.987
3.639
4.060
4.021
3.348
1.979
0.000
power transistor can work in the design.
Driver transistors
Now we come to the driver transistors.
The first step is to calculate the
load impedance presented to the
driver transistors. In my case, it is
simply the speaker impedance multiplied by the minimum beta of the
output transistor over the range of
currents of interest (0 to lmax load).
For the 2N3055, the minimum beta
is 20.
Calculate lmax for the driver by
dividing Imax load by the beta of
the output transistor. If your circuit
calls for it, make sure you add in any
Fig.3: these curves show the load
lines for the driver transistors & were
plotted using the data shown in Tables
3 & 4. As with the output devices, the
load lines must be fully enclosed by
the DC SOAR curve of the transistor.
other currents the driver transistor
must supply.
Now calculate points for the load
lines for the driver transistors in the
same way as for the output transistors . Remember to do this for half the
nominal load impedance if applicable.
My results are tabulated in Tables 3
and 4 while Fig.3 shows the plotted
load lines. Note that, as with the output devices, these load lines must be
fully enclosed by the DC SOAR curve
of the selected transistor.
Go through the same selection procedure as you did for the output transistors.
For my case, a look down the tables
on this page shows a peak power dissipation of 4.06 watts and a maximum current of 216mA. Notice that
even at these modest power levels,
small signal transistors like the
BC546/7 /8 aren't able to cope. Be wary
of designs that suggest they will. I
will try a BD139/BD140 pair for the
driver transistors.
Next month, we will see if a pair of
BD139/BD140 transistors is up to the
task of being driver transistors in the
circuit of Fig.1. I think that they will
but we'll find out for sure, next month.
See you then.
SC
SHERIDAN
ELECTRONICS
We Want Your
Business
68705 (Motorola)
6805 Processor with
Eprom
$11.50each
IC SOCKET PACK
30 ASSORTED SIZES
$2.95
PER PACK
SUPER CAPS
.047 5.5v KEEP THE VOLTAGE IN
YOUR MEMORY
80cents
each
OTHERS SELL THESE FOR $3.95
TYTEL KEYPAD
COMPLETE WITH LCD
DISPLAY, AND
SPEAKER
$4.95ea
5" 24 WAY IDC HEADER
CABLES
$2.00ea
3 CORE MAINS LEAD
AND PLUG
GREAT FOR ANY
MAINS PROJECT
$2.50ea
DISK DRIVE POWER
SUPPLY
360k D/S DISK DRIVE
TRANSMITTING VHF/UHF
VALVE
2C39BA AIR COLLED 250
WATTS 50 WATT RE CUT
SUITS XT or AT IBM Compatibles
$49.95
$30.00
each
NEW
Just about as cheap as a Cleaning Kit
NORMAL PR/
TRANSFORMER
12.5v plus 12.5v<at>
1.5amp
8v<at> 3amp
PRIMARY: 2x110v
19.95ea
ELECTROLITIC CAPS
91000 uF 15v
$6.00ea
14000uF 25v
$4.00ea
b
MALLORY
75ohm BNC CABLES
NEC 432156-10
CRIMP PLUGS ON BOTH ENDS
62256 STATIC RAM
WE HAVE THE CHEAPEST
PRICE IN TOWN
0.. ·. .
3 M$~-~5ea
6 Metre
$5.50ea
$8.50ea
·
·
H
SCORE MATIC CADDY
Replace your pen and score cards forever with this
handy mini computer. You can keep tally of up to 4
players and can save your game for later recall.
Many other features. Runs of two l;>atteries whi.Gh
are supplied
240v MOTOR BY JAPAN
SERVO CO.
80mm x 80mm x 75mm
1800 rpm 100mA with 3uF STARTER CAP
THERMALLY PROTECTED
$14.95
$19.95
each
Great Gift
Advertised elsewhere for $39.95
SPECIALS LIST
MAGNETS 25mm x 10mm
22 uF 100v PCB ELECTRO'S
3v LITHIUM PCB BATTERY
MINI MICRO SWITCH
WITH LEVER
MOC8042 OPTO COUPLER
VARISTER 88JL
.01 uF 50v MONO CAP
5-6v ZENERS 400mw
Z80 OTC
SCOOP PURCHASE
TYTEL TELEPHONES
HANDSFREE DIALING , 12
MEMORY, TONE OR PULSE,
LED DISPLAY plus many other
features. THESE PHONES
ARE BRAND NEW
17 volt 3.4A,
8.5 volt 6.8A
$110.00
each
BRAND NEW $19.95
NORMAL RETAIL PRICE $425.00
SHERIDAN ELECTRONICS, 328 ELIZABETH ST,
(Cnr Kippax St. opp. Central Station & Dental Hospital)
SURRY HILLS, NSW, 2010 TELEPHONE: (02) 281 7727
Zl1~1
~
$0.20ea
$2.00/10
$0.50ea
$0.50ea
$0.50ea
$3.45ea
$2.00/50
$1.00/20
$1.00ea
SHER.IDANS WILL BUY YOUR
SURPLUS STOCK
SHOP HOURS:
MON - FRI
SAT
9.00am - 5.30pm
9.30am - 12.00pm
FEBRUARY1991
19
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions from
readers are welcome and will be paid for at standard rates.
+9V
0.15
02
560k
S1
o.11
J.
100
10VW
TO
FREQUENCY
METER
1k
LX
1k
1k
OV
.,.
,:J
Q3
2N3904
VR1
5k LIN.
+
+
2500
m,J
S2
LED1
GREEN
1k
270k
27k
ov
E
27011
1W
.,.
►9V
chosen because its unity gain bandwidth is greater than 3MHz, because
of its high slew rate, and because it
This economical inductance meter costs less than $3.00. IC1a operates
is based on a wide-range oscillator with a gain of two and drives a freand can measure inductances from 3 quency meter. It also drives IC1b
microhenries up to to 100 henries.
which, together with diodes D1-D3,
Transistors Q1 & Q2 form the wide- operates as a precision rectifier and
range oscillator which is capable of drives a 300µA meter.
covering from 10Hz to 30MHz. These
The 300µA meter is used to inditwo transistors are emitter coupled, cate the onset of oscillation. Germwith the collector of Q2 fed back to anium diodes were selected for D1the base of Q1. The unknown induc- D3 because their forward drop is less
tance, together with one of three ea- than 0.15V, which means that the
. pacitors selected by S1 (.0lµF, 0.1µF
meter will still operate at 3MHz when
& 1µF), forms a tuned load which sets
the gain of the ampl!.fier is reduced to
the oscillator frequency.
unity.
The inductance meter can be caliA constant current source based on
Q3 and ZD1 feeds the emitters of both brated against inductances of known
Q1 and Q2. This current can be var- value. If you use a digital frequency
ied by means of VR1 and S2, and is meter, you can produce frequency to
used to set the emitter resistance of inductance conversion tables. AlterQ1 and Q2 and thus the gain of the natively, if an analog frequency meter
oscillator circuit. In operation, the
is used, its face can be calibrated to
constant current source is adjusted so give a direct reading.
Power for the circuit is obtained
that the circuit just oscillates.
The oscillator output level is self- from a mains transformer which
limiting and has an amplitude of drives a bridge rectifer to obtain ±9V
about 0.6V p-p. It is coupled to the supply rails. LED 1 provides power
pin 3 input of non-inverting ampli- · indication.
fier IC3a, which is half of a dual JFET
The test procedure is as follows:
op amp package. This device was
(1). Connect the inductance to the
Wide range
inductance meter
20
+9V
SILICON CHIP
2500
2500
..gv
test terminals and set all controls anticlockwise so that the 1µF capacitor is
in circuit, VR1 is set to give maximum base voltage, and the 270kQ
emitter resistor is selected. If the meter shows an indi-cdtion, then rotate
VR1 clockwise to reduce the meter
reading to say 5µA and read the frequency meter.
(2). If the meter gives no indication, switch S2 to the next lowest
value until the meter gives an indication , then rotate VR1 clockwise until
the meter drops to 5µA and read the
frequency meter.
(3) . If, having selected all the resistors in the emitter, you obtain no reading on the meter, set S2 back to the
270kQ position and select the next
lowest capacitor using S1. Repeat the
above procedure until you obtain a
reading.
(4). Note that the same inductance
can be, measured using several capacitor settings. If the meter cannot be
brought down to about 5µA with the
270kQ emitter resistor in circuit,
connect a 68kQ resistor to the test
terminals in parallel with the unknown inductor.
Victor Erdstein,
Highett, Vic. ($35)
.068
Mid-frequency
tone control
Adding a mid-frequ ency control to
the standard Baxandall bass and treble
controls is not an easy task. This circuit adds two op amps to provide the
midrange control, leaving the bass and
trebl e controls as normal.
IC1b acts as a vo ltage follower with
its input coming from the 100kQ
midrange control which is connec ted
across the existing feedback network
for IC1d.
The outp ut of IC1b then feeds IC1c
which is connected as a bandpass filter, to feed and bias the non-inverting
input of IC1d .
Overall midrange control is claimed
to be ±10dB in the range 450Hz to
2kHz, with a -3dB bandwidth of
350Hz, depending on the setting of
VR4.
While the circuit is shown using a
TL064, it could be used with a TL084
14
o-f----
OUTPUT
INPUT 0.15
or TL074, with the latter giving a
lower noise figure.
From "Electronics World+
Wireless World", October 1990.
02
•/J~,~~OONM 0-----<I-N"-+--- - - - - - - - ,
SWITCH
1N4002
68!1!
+9Vo--------------------------------.
IC3
555
01 18k
1N4148
470!1
01
BC559
c~i~~TO--Hlf-+-1+---+----f
470~10•·~---t
+
47
IC2
555
+
1000+
Coolant level alarm
for cars
Unless you own an air-cooled
VW, this idea could save you a lot
of money and your engine as well!
The circuit monitors the coolant
level in the radiator and w·hen it
gets below a certain level, an alarm
sounds .
The sensor used is a Ford part,
XF 10K889A, as some of the bigger Ford's have provision for this
to be fitted to the radiator. The
circuit works as follows: While
there is sufficient coolant to cover
the sensor, which is essentially an
insulated stainless steel pin, the
non-inverting pin of the LM324
op amp (IC1), wired as a comparator, is held at +O. 7V by the input
diode (D1), and the output of the
op amp remains low.
Once the coolant level drops,
the 470µF capacitor at the non-inverting input charges up via the
18kQ resistor. Once the voltage
across the capacitor reaches ½Vee,
the output of IC1 goes high.
Visual indication that something
is wrong is provided by LED 1.
This output is then fed to the input stage of a 555 oscillator (IC2)
which has a frequency of 1Hz, as
set by the 3.9kQ and 1.8kQ resistors and the 1000µF capacitor.
The output from pin 3 is fed to
an inverter/driver stage consisting
of Ql and Q2. Q2 switches in another 555 oscillator (IC3) which
provides an audible alarm to drive
the loudspeaker. VRl allows the
alarm volume to be adjusted.
Glen Host,
Doubleview, WA. ($25)
FEBRUARY1991
21
A synthesised
stereo AM tuner
If you have the right equipment, stereo AM
radio can sound fantastic. This new stereo
AM tuner will really deliver the goods. It's
based on a stereo AM receiver chip and
features pushbutton tuning and digital
frequency readout.
By JOHN CLARKE & GREG SWAIN
In September 1989, we published a
2-Chip Portable AM Stereo Radio
based on Motorola's new high-performanc e MC13024 IC. That design is
very popular but, since publication,
there has been a steady stream of requests for a mains powered version
with digital readout.
This new tuner is our response to
those many pleas. It's very easy to
Despite its "high-tech" design, the
new tuner is easy to build. Most of
the parts are mounted on two PC
boards which are soldered together
at right angles. This view shows the
completed assembly, before
installation in the case.
22
SILICON CHIP
build and align, yet boasts many
impressive features such as 6-station
memory, synthesised tuning with
microproc essor control, digital
readout and, of course, AM stereo
decoding. It delivers low-distortion
wideband stereo sound which, as
far as most people are concerned, is
every bit as good as FM stereo sound.
One of our main concerns in producing a "high-tech" design such as
this was that the unit had to be easy
to build. This has been achieved by
mounting most of the parts on two PC
boards which are then soldered together to give a neat assembly. This
assembly then fits into a slimline rack
mounting case to give the tuner a
modern appearance.
All the control switches, the indicator LEDs and the digital displays
are mounted on the display board.
The switches and indicator LEDs
protrude through holes in the front
panel while the four digital displays
are located behind a red perspex
window. You don't have to get involved in too much metal bashing
though - at least one kit supplier (Dick
Smith Electronics) will be supplying
a kit with a fully pre-punched front
panel that will feature screen-printed
gold lettering.
A bevelled pers pex window that
slots into place in the front panel
cutout will be included as part of the
deal.
Front panel controls
Let's take a look at the front panel
layout. At the extreme left is a pushbutton on/off switch, whi le immediately to its right are a 5-LED signal
strength indicator, the frequency display window and a stereo indicator
LED. Next in the lineup are pushbutton switches for station seek and
memory enable, and then the six station memory buttons. Finally, at the
extreme right, there are two pushbutton switches for down/up tuning.
522·1629tllz
FREQUENCY
DISPLAY
FERRITE ROD TUNED CIRCUIT
3.6MHz
OSCILLATOR
AUDIO AMPLIFIERS
AND 9kHz
_....__ NOTCH FILTERSLEFT
r----'-----.VARICAP
ERROR ~Sm'fE
OlJTF-==---t
MICROPROCESSOR
CONTROLLER
MUTE STOP
LOCAL
OSCILLATOR
972-207!111Hz
450kHz
1ST IF
MIXER
BUFFER
450kHz
CERAMIC
FILTER
CQUAM
STEREO
DECODER
AGC
R
450kHz
2ND IF
AGC
STATION MEMORY
SWITCHES AND
LEDS
SEEK, UP,
SIGNAL
LEVEL
LED METER
DOWN, TUNING
MUTE CONTROL
Fig.I: block diagram of the Stereo AM Tuner. It operates on the superheterodyne
principle, which means that the local oscillator always runs 450kHz higher
than the tuned RF (radio frequency) signal. The tuning is fully synthesised & is
controlled by a microprocessor chip which also drives the LED displays. Most
of the tuner functions shown are contained in a single IC - the MC13024.
These controls are all easy to use.
For example, when the Seek control
is pressed, the tuner automatically
scans up the frequency band and locks
onto the next available station. The
Memory Enable control allows you to
store pre-selected stations in any one
of the six memories. You simply tune
to the desired station, then press the
Memory Enable and the desired
Memory switch to store the station
setting.
If the station switch is not pressed
within five seconds, the Memory
Enable LED extinguishes.
Of course, you can tune manually
if you wish and that function is provided by the Down/Up pushbuttons.
When these buttons are pressed, the
tuner steps up or down in 9kHz steps.
If either button is held down, the tuner
scans at a fast rate until the button is
released. The stereo indicator LED
lights whenever a station is received
in stereo.
Ferrite rod antenna
For ease of antenna adjustment, we
opted for a ferrite rod assembly instead of a long wire loop antenna.
This is installed on an adjustable
mount on the rear panel and provides
excellent signal pickup compared to
a balanced loop configuration.
The antenna coil is a commercial
unit by the way, so you don't have to
go to the trouble of winding it. Nor do
you need any special equipment to
align this tuner - just a couple of plas-
tic alignment tools and a multimeter.
The alignment procedure is carried
out using off-air stations and by measuring the AGC voltage.
Block diagram
Take a look now at Fig.1 which is
the block diagram of our new tuner. It
operates on the superheterodyne principle which means that the local oscillator frequency is always 450kHz
above the tuned radio frequency (ie,
the station frequency) .
Both the RF and local oscillator
stages are tuned using varicap diodes.
These diodes are connected in parallel with inductors to form tuned circuits and vary their capacitance according to a control voltage.
The microprocessor controller
plays a very important role in the
operation of this circuit. In addition
to driving the front panel display, it
also provides synthesised tuning for
the AM tuner front end plus audio
output switching and the station seek
function.
There are several inputs to the
_microprocessor which control its
operation. These include an input
from the local oscillator, a Stop input
from the station detector, and various
inputs from the front panel switches
(Up/Down tuning, Memory switches,
Memory Enable and Seek).
Basically, the microprocessor functions as a phase lock loop consisting
of three sections: a reference frequency oscillator, a programmable
divider and a phase comparator. In
operation, the value of the programmable divider is set by inputs from
the external switches. Depending on
these inputs, it divides the external
4.5MHz crystal frequency to provide
a reference frequency in the range 5221629kHz. This reference frequency is
always some multiple of 9kHz, which
corresponds to the station spacing.
Inside the microprocessor there is
also a counter which subtracts the
450kHz offset from the local oscillator. The resulting frequency is then
compared with the reference frequency from the programmable divider. This produces an error output
voltage which is then fed to the varicap diodes to lock the tuner to the
desired station.
In addition to frequency synthesis,
the microprocessor also has outputs
which drive the 4-digit frequency
display and the memory enable and
memory selection LEDs. These displays are all multiplexed. There is
also a Mute output and this is used to
switch out the audio amplifiers during tuning to eliminate noise.
Tuner section
Although shown as separate blocks,
most of the AM tuner section of the
circuit is contained in a single IC - the
Motorola .MC13024. Those parts inside the chip include the local oscillator, the mixer, the two IF stages,
AGC circuitry, a stereo pilot tone detector and a C-QUAM stereo decoder.
To these, we have added the necessary tuned circuits for the RF and IF
stages, plus signal strength indication,
a station detect function and audio
output stages.
FEBRUARY1991
23
elude 9kHz notch filters. The notch
filters remove any 9kHz whistles
which can be generated by adjacent
stations beating with the received
station.
Main circuit
J
The ferrite rod is installed on a small PC board along with its varicap tuning
diode & a few other parts. This assembly in turn mounts on an adjustable
bracket on the rear of the chassis, so that the ferrite rod can be oriented for best
signal pickup.
Following the mixer, the signal is
fed to the 1st IF stage and thence to a
wideband 450kHz ceramic filter. This
filter has a response which is only
6dB down at ±12kHz but is then
sharply rolled off to be 35dB down at
±20kHz to reduce noise. The output
from the filter is then fed to the 2nd
IF stage and thence to the stereo decoder.
The output from the 2nd IF stage is
also fed to a narrow band station detector block. This block consists of a
narrow band ceramic filter, a gain
stage and a comparator. Because the
ceramic filter has a very narrow bandwidth (about 2.5kHz), the output of
the comparator goes high only when
the tuner is locked to the exact station frequency. This high is applied
to the Stop input of the microprocessor and ensures that the tuner locks
to the next available station when the
Seek function is used.
Stereo decoding
An AM stereo transmission consists of an L+R (left plus right) mono
signal plus a phase encoded L-R signal. To decode the L-R signal, the
CQUAM decoder compares the phase
changes in the 450kHz IF signal with
a reference signal. This signal is derived from a 3.6MHz oscillator, which
is divided by eight internally to give
the required 450kHz reference.
In operation, the decoder compares
th e phase changes in the IF signal
24
SILICON CHIP
against the reference and derives an
error voltage using a PLL circuit. This
error is then used to adjust the 3.6MHz
oscillator, to bring it into lock with
the IF signal.
The phase fluctuations in the IF
signal are interpreted by the IC as L-R
stereo information. Once this signal
is extracted, all that remains is to add
and subtract it to the L+R mono signal to get the required left and right
stereo outputs .
The MC13024 will not switch into
stereo mode on just any signal, however. The signal has to be confirmed
as a genuine CQUAM stereo signal by
detecting a 25Hz pilot tone in the L-R
signal. If this tone is not present, the
decoder will remain in mono.
AGC voltage
In addition to stereo decoding, the
CQUAM decoder also derives an AGC
(automatic gain control) voltage from
the recovered audio. This voltage is
used to control the gain of the preceding mixer and IF stages, so that the
audio output level remains constant
regardless of signal strength.
The AGC voltage is also used to
drive a signal level indicator. In thi_s
circuit, the signal level indicator is a
bargraph made up of five rectangular
LEDs.
Finally, the left and right outputs
from the MC13024 IC are fed to audio
amplifier stages. These stages boost
the output from the IC and also in-
Now take a look Fig.2. This shows
the main tuner circuit diagram.
While the circuit looks rather
daunting at first glance, it's really not
that bad. If you look at the centre of
Fig.2, you will find the MC13024 (IC2)
and this does most of the work. As
we 've already pointed out, it is virtually a complete stereo AM tuner on a
single chip.
The remainder of the circuitry provides the narrow band station detect
function (Q2, CF2 & IC4a-b), the signal level indicator (IC6, IC7 & LEDs
2-6) and the audio output stages (IC3ad).
The incoming RF signals are picked
up by antenna coil 11 which is tuned
to resonance at the signal frequency
by varicap diode VC1. A 4.7pF capacitor is wired in parallel with VC1
to provide the extra capacitance required to cover the high frequency
end of the band.
Another varicap diode, VC2, is used
to tune local oscillator coil 12. This
varicap is connected in parallel with
trimmer Cl which is used to adjust
the local oscillator so that it is always
exactly 450kHz higher than the signal frequency. This 450kHz difference
is equal to the intermediate frequency
(IF) of the tuner.
The series 470pF capacitor reduces
the capacitive effect ofVC2 by up to a
factor of 2 at the low frequency end.
This is done because the local oscillator tuning range from 972-2097kHz
is a 2.16 ratio , while the tuning range
of the L1/VC1 antenna circuit from
522-1629kHz represents a 3.12 fre quency ratio .
The tuning voltage for the varicap
diodes is derived from the microprocessor-based control circuit. This voltage is applied to VC1 via a 100kQ
isolating resistor and to VC2 via a
1MQ isolating resistor.
In practice, VC1 , its two associated
capacitors (.0lµF and 4.7pF) and the
ferrite rod antenna are installed on a
small PC board which is mounted on
the back of the chassis. The output is
taken from the secondary winding on
the ferrite rod and fed to the RF input
(pin 10) via a length.of shielded cable.
DISK DRIVES AT RIDICULOUS
PRICES
(-------- - ------------ -- - - - -- - - -------,
·
Hard disk drive package deals with savings of up to $500
NEC 45 Mb AT BUS (IDE)
Special Package deal for both the Drive
and an IDE/FDD controller card
NEC 42 Mb MFM Hard Disk Drive and MFM Hard
Disk Drive Controller Card
Only $495.00
Normally $695.00
You Save $200.00
This month only $549.00
Normally $795.00
You Save $250.00
NEC 115 Mb AT Bus IDE Drive and IDE/FDD Controller Card
Reduced to only $995.00
Normally $1495.00
You Save $500.00
.
~-- - - ---- ------- -- - -- --------- ---------J
SAVE $50.00 ON EACH OF THESE FLOPPY DRIVES
Now is the time to add a second floppy drive to your system
1.2 Mb Floppy Disk Drive
1.44 Mb Floppy Disk Drive
only $125.00
only $135.00
Normally $175.00
Normally $185.00
~ ------------------- - --------- ---------,
Notebook Computer - smaller than a ream of A4 paper
1 80C286 6/12Mhz 286 Weight only 3.2 kgs
1
1
I In such a small package you will find many of the features of desktop computers. VGA display which can
emulate CGA, EGA, MDA and Hercules mode, as well a fast 25ms 20Mb Hard Disk Drive and 3.5" 1.44Mb
I floppy disk drive. There is 1Mb of RAM on the motherboard which can be expanded to 8Mb. The built in
battery gives more than three hours operation with a built in low battery warning lamp, can also be powered
I from the mains . As well there are 2 x RS232 serial ports, parallel printer port, external 16 bit expansion port,
I external VGA socket and external 1.2Mb FDD port.
\, sx 16Mhz, 40 Mb HOD Available April 1991
Only $3995.00
1
•;
I
I
I
I
· -···--··~··--·········--·····--·· i
. /J
;\,"::,.~, ·1:.E:l
..
___ ______ ______________ _______________
IAN'S PERSONAL GUARANTEE
* All products carry a 14 day money back guarantee ( except software and hard disks).
* All
prices include sales tax.
* All cards come with full documentation
All motherboards carry a full 12 month warranty.
* All other products carry a full 3 month warranty.
*
Due to Technical advances, products we supply may in
some cases vary from those pictured. In all cases the
produ,cts supplied are guaranteed to perform to an equal
or higher standard than those pictured
-
WHOLESALE ENQUIRIES
WELCOME
I
VlSA
I
r-------------------
1 Send us this coupon to receive your FREE 1991 Catalogue:
Electronic Solutions
5 Waltham St Artarmon 2064
PO Box 426 Gladesville 2111
Telephone: (02) 906 6666
Fax: (02) 906 5222
I Mr/Mrs/Ms:_ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ __
I
I Address:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
I Suburb:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ State:
Postcode:_ __
I
I.
Note: Please do not send back this coupon if you purchased from us in 1 990 or returned
the previously issued card to be included on the mailing list (you will receive the catalogue
automatically) .
02 /91
I
I
·--------------------------·
PARTS LIST
1 black rack-mounting case,
44mm high
1 bevelled red Perspex sheet for
front panel
1 PC board, code SC01101911,
352 x 120mm
1 PC board, code SC01101912,
341 x36mm
1 PC board, code SC01101913,
101x11mm
1 SPOT plastic.rocker switch
10 black pushbutton switches
4 20-way Molex pin strips
1 dual RCA panel socket
1 mains cord & plug
1 cord grip grommet
1 Ferguson PC-mounting
transformer, PL 12/5VA
1 4 rubber feet
2 solder lugs
1 150mA 3AG fuse
1 piece of Elephantide insulation
(352 x 120mm)
1 panel mount fuse holder
5 5mm spacers
1 TO-220 heatsink
13 PC stakes
3 small cable ties
1 4.5MHz parallel resonant crystal
2 5kQ miniature horizontal trimpots
2 10kQ miniature horizontal
trimpots
Semiconductors
1 017106-227 microprocessor
(IC1)
1 MC13024 AM stereo receiver
(IC2)
1 LF347 quad op amp (IC3)
1 LM339 quad comparator (IC4)
1 4066 CMOS quad bilateral
switch (IC5)
1 LM324 quad op amp (IC6)
Note that the shielded side of the cable
connects to the 1V reference of IC2 so
that the RF input is biase d correctly.
The output from the local oscillator tuned circuit is fed to pin 9 of IC2
via a l0Q isolating resistor. It also
feeds buffer transistor stage Ql via a
47pF capacitor. The buffe red oscillator output appears at the collector of
Ql and is fed to the local oscillator
input (pin 18) ofICl.
It is this frequency that is compared
with the reference frequency derived
26
SILICON CHIP
1 LM358 dual op amp (IC?)
1 UA9667 Darlington driver (IC8)
1 4049 hex inverter (IC9)
2 BC548 NPN transistors (01,02)
5 BC328 PNP transistors (03-07)
2 BC549 NPN transistors (08,09)
2 B8212 double varicap diodes
(VC1,VC2)
1 B8809 varicap diode (VC3)
4 common anode ?-segment LED
displays (red, 13mm high)
13 red rectangular LEDs (LED1-13)
1 LM317 3-terminal regulator
(REG1)
2 7805 5V regulators
(REG2,REG4)
1 78L05 5V regulator (REG3)
61N4002 diodes (01-04,014,015)
10 1N4148 signal diodes (05-013,
016)
Inductors & Filters
1 3/8-inch dia. x 100mm ferrite rod
1 prewound AM broadcast band
antenna coil (L 1)
1 A7BRS-T1080UH Toko 7P coil
(L2)
1 A7NRES-T1341AYN Toko 7P
mixer coil (L3)
1 A7NRES-T1340AYN Toko 7P IF
coil (L4)
1 A 119ANS-18287RS Toko 7P coil
(L5)
1 SFP450D Murata ceramic filter
(CF1)
1 SFZ450C Murata ceramic filter
(CF2)
Capacitors
1 2200µF 25VW axial electrolytic
2 4 70µF 16VW PC electrolytic
1 100µF 16VW PC electrolytic
2 47µF 16VW PC electrolytic
from ICl (the microprocessor), as
described previously. The error output from the microprocessor controls
the tuning voltage and this in turn
adjusts the capacitance of VCl & VC2
so that the tuner locks to the station .
Normally though , a PLL circu it
inside IC2 w ould control the local
oscillator. However, as w e h ave just
stated, the local oscillator in this circuit (insi de IC2) is controlled by a
tuning voltage derive d from the
microprocessor (ICl ). This has been
1 33µF 16VW RBLL electrolytic
1 22µF 16VW PC electrolytic
3 10µF 25VW PC electrolytic
10 10µF 16VW PC electrolytic
1 3.3µF 16VW RBLL electrolytic
1 2.2µF 16VW PC electrolytic
5 1µF 16VW PC electrolytic
1 0.4 7µF 16VW PC electrolytic
1 0.1 µF metallised polyester
1 .068µF metallised polyester
2 .047µF 2% metallised polyester
16 .01 µF ceramic
2 .0012µF metallised polyester
1 .001 µF ceramic
1 470pF polystyrene
8 270pF 1% polystyrene
1 120pF polystyrene
2 100pF ceramic
2 47pF ceramic
2 22pF ceramic
1 4.7pF NP0 ceramic
2 1.8-22pF trimmers
Resistors (0.25W,
4 1.8MQ
9 1MQ
21MQ1%
1 330kQ 1%
1 180kQ 1%
1 180kQ
2 150kQ
7 100kQ
4 68kQ 1%
2 68kQ
2 47kQ
4 33kQ
218kQ
1 15kQ
5%)
6 10kQ
1 8.2kQ 1%
54.?kQ
7 3.3kQ
1 2.?kQ
2 2.2kQ
1 1.8kQ
9 1kQ
6 680Q
2 220Q
1 120Q
2 1000
7 47Q
4 10Q
Miscellaneous
Shielded cable (1 metre), machine
screws & nuts, heatshrink tubing,
hookup wire.
achieved by using a high-Q tuned
circuit for the local oscillator.
IF stages
The signal from the RF input is
amplified and mixed w ith the local
oscillator signal to produce an intermediate frequenc y (IF) signal of
450kHz. This appears at pin 11 and is
resonated in the tuned circuit based
on coil L3. A low-impedance tapping
on L3 is then used to drive the
SFP450D ceramic filter.
TMl102C Sweep/
Function Generator
Has Built-In
Frequency Counter
Metrix DMMs First
To Offer New
Level of
Safety
·
lftll
Metrix have announced
that their popular MX50
Series digital multimeters
have been tested and
approved to safety
standard VDE411, Class 2. <at> [g]
They are the first
manufacturer in the world to gain this
approval.
The MX50 Series now carries the
VDE logo ind icating their compliance to
the standard which requires protection
against hazards such as electric shock or
burn, excessive temperature, liberated
gases and explosion or implosion.
Among the safety features of the
MX50 Series are fuse protected current
ranges - even on the 10A range, totally
sealed case (to IP66 standard) and a
unique battery and fuse compartment
accessed via the front face of the
instrument. To gain access it is
necessary to disconnect the safetydesigned test leads and Secur'XTM
adaptor, thereby protecting the operator
from accidental contact with hazardous
voltages.
il
Goldstar Release
100MHz, 3 Channel
Scope Under $2000
The new OS-81 oo 100MHz scope
joins the popular Goldstar low cost
oscilloscope range. It offers 3 channel,
eight trace capability using a new 150mm
rectangular CRT with internal graticule.
Key features of the OS-8100 include high
sensitivity (1 mV max) and a bandwidth
limiting circuit. For X-Y phase measurements the bandwidth can be expanded.
Trigger view is also incorporated together
with single sweep.'B' sweep sampling
enables improved observation of critical
parts of waveforms. A variable 'Hold-Off'
circuit and TV sync separation circuits
are also provided.
The Goldstar OS-8100 is very
competitively priced at $1950 ex tax
.. .Joins Popular
Scope Range
Goldstar also produce 20MHz and
40MHz dual trace and a 20MHz readout
oscilloscope with measuring cursors.
• 0.02Hz to 7MHz in 7
ranges
• Multifunction Output
with Sweep
• Built-In 4 Digit Counter
• External Sweep Control
• CMOS/TTL Output
• <0.5% Distortion from
10Hz to 20kHz
• Variable DC Offset
Order TMIT102C
$340 ex tax
Low Cost Topward
Bench Supplies Have
Extensive Metering
• Tough aluminium cases for
good heat dissipation
• Constant Voltage &
Constant Current Modes
• Short Circuit Protection
• Single & Triple Outputs
• Two or Four Meters
• Compact Design
Model
2303
4303
Outputs
30V 3A
Dual 30V, 3A plus fixed 5V, 3A
Australia's Leading Test & Measuring Instrument Company
NEW SOUTH WALES
18 Hilly Street,
MORTLAKE ·
P.0.Box 30, CONCORD
NSW2137
Tel. (02) 736 2888
Fax: (02) 736 3005
VICTORIA
12 Maroondah Higl1way,
RINGWOOD
P.O.Box 623, RINGWOOD
VIC3134
Tel· (03) 87~ 2322
Telex: AA30418
Fax: (03) 870 8972
QUEENSLAND
192 Evans Hoad,
SALISBURY
P.O.Box 274 SALISBURY
OLD4107
Tel. (07) 875 1444
Fax . (07) 277 3753
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
241 Churchill Road,
PROSPECT
P.O.Box 154 PROSPECT
SA5082
Tel. (08) 344 9000
Telex. AA87519
Fax. (08) 269 641 'I
W. AUSTRALIA
32 Teddington Road,
VICTORIA PARK,
WA 6100
Tel: (09) 4701855
Fax: (09) 470 31 73
Metrix 40 Series
Ideal For Harsh
Industrial
Applications
~~
!di]
• Exceptional All-Weather
Performance
• Four Year Warranty
• 4000 Count Resolution .
• Autoranging with Manual
Override
• Hold & Peak Functions
• True RMS AC or AC+DC
• Safe to IEC348 Class 11
from $220 ex tax
4.7k
100k
47pF
220n
SEEK SET
C2
2-22pF
+5V
+12V
+
+
101
16VWJ
10
16VWJ
.01!
10ll
.01!
-:-
1°1T
01---1.
100k
120pF
STYRO
L5
18287
10!2
OUT
11
MIXER
16
IF
IN
91VCLOt
:::.>":---.--'wll.--"1
A1
,.
01J
.,.
22
REF
19
IF
OUT
L1
FERRITE ROD
ANTENNA
PLAIN
PLL
3
TUNINGF- - 0UT
osc
IC2
MC13024
7
AGC>-- - -
;.-
10 RF IN
.01
15 +1V REF
PILOT
25Hz
OUT
24
25Hz
IN
1M
1%
+5V
180k
1M
1%
R
OUT
20
L
OUT
LOCK
13
23
10
+
16VWI:
330k
1%
1%
.01
-I
+1V
01r
01+
.047
2%
8.2k
1%
10
16VW+
MUTE----+---..---
100k
+12V
-:-
TUNING
VOLTAGE
LOCAL
OSCILLATOR
OUT
F1
150mA
A
D1-4
4x1N4002
A
100k
IC5b
1
16VW
-
10
+
16VWJ
1M
No----~
EO>--~-,
CASE
01
CASE
470
16VWJ
.,.
6□
•12
••
4•
• 3
L2-L5
STEREO AM TUNER
28
SILICON CHIP
VIEWED FROM BELOW
+
The ceramic filter contains four
coupled resonant elements and these
provi de an almost rectangular bandpass characteristic of 450kHz ±12kHz
at the -6dB points. Its output is amplified by the 2nd IF stage (inside
IC2) , the output of which is tuned to
450kHz by coil L4 and its associated
internal capacitor (pin 19). A lO0kQ
resistor across the coil damps it sufficiently to give the required ±12kHz
bandwidth .
1000
.01
4.7k
STOP
10k
.sv
10k'
100k
.
1M
6800
10n
• 12v
01+
15k
2.2k
Stereo decoding
A
STEREO
LED1
1M
'A
6800
4.7k
.,.
1M
6800
.12v
TP1
•1.3V-0.9V
1M
680 \l
3.3
.12v
•
01l 16VW.J
.12v
~
.,.
1M
68k
1%
SIGNAL LEVEL DISPLAY
68 k
16VW
21orJ 100pFl
2%
10k
s?
·rs
1
LEFT
OUTPUT
lk
270pF
10
•
16VWJ
.12v---
2%
270pF
2%
The output of the IF amplifier is
internally connected to an envelope
detector, much the same as in a conventional (mono) AM radio. Wh en
the MC1 3024 is in monaural mode,
the output from the envelope detector is the L+R signal and this is fed to
both audio outputs .
The stereo decoder components
comprise the 3.6MHz oscillator, a
25Hz pilot filter, and a lock filter at
pin 13.
The 3.6MHz reference oscillator is
at pin 22 and is tuned by coil L5 and
its parallel 120pF capacitor. Further
tuning of th is stage is provided by
varicap di ode VC3 which provides
the small frequen cy shifts necessary
to lock the 3.6MHz oscillator to the
450kHz IF signal when a stereo signal
is present. The tuning voltage for VC3
is provided by the PLL output at pin
7 of IC2 an d, as stated previously, is
derived by comparing the phase of
the divided 3.6MHz oscillator with
the 45 0kHz IF signal.
Wh e n phase lock has been
achieved, the deco der will switch to
stereo provided th e 25Hz p ilot tone is
present in th e demodulated L-R signal. In order to detect this pilot ton e,
the L-R signal is first fed internally to.
pin 8 an d filtered using a l00kQ resistor and .068µF capacitor. This re-
- -+
10
16VW: r
68k
68k
1%
1%
1
14
270pF
.,.
10k
10
+
16VWJ
270pF
2%
270pF
100pF!
'~
RIGHT
Fig.2 (left): the main tuner diagram.
Most of the work is done by IC2 which
is virtually a complete stereo AM
tuner on a single chip. It is tuned by
varicap diodes VCl & VC2 which vary
their capacitance according to a
control voltage from the
microprocessor circuit. Q2, CF2, IC4a
& IC4b form the narrow band station
detector, while IC6a-d & IC7a,b form
the signal level meter.
FEBRUARY1991
29
STEREO AM TUNER - CTD
moves most of the audio but the pilot
tone is still too small to be recognised
at this stage.
To overcome this problem, the filtered signal is buffered by an amplifier with a gain of two, between pins
5 & 4, and then fed to a high-Q 25Hz
bandpass active filter between pins 1
& 24. This effectively extracts the
25Hz pilot tone from the low frequency noise.
The output of the 25Hz bandpass
filter at pin 24 goes to the MC13024's
pilot tone detector. If the 25Hz tone is
present for more than seven consecutive cycles, the decoder switches into
stereo mode.
When a new station is selected, the
decoder immediately drops out of
stereo and then returns to stereo again
when the new pilot tone is detected.
Because it takes 300ms to cciunt seven
cycles of a 25Hz signal , there is a
slight time delay before the stereo
mode switches in.
IC2 's pin 3 output is used to drive
the stereo indicator circuit. When no
station is present, pin 3 is at +5V.
However, if a station is detected, the
voltage on pin 3 drops to about 3.5V
and, finally, to 0V if a stereo signal is
decoded.
Thus, when a stereo signal is detected , pin 9 of comparator IC4c is
pulled low and so its pin 14 output
goes low and drives stereo indicator
LED 1 via a 3.3kQ resistor. The associated 15kQ and 4. 7kQ resistors set
the voltage on IC4c 's inverting input
to 1.2V. This ensures that pin 14 can
only switch low when pin 3 of IC2,is
at 0V; ie, when stereo is detected.
Station detect circuit
Q2, CF2, IC4a & IC4b form the narrow band station detect circuit. Its
job is to stop the microprocessor from
scanning further up the band as soon
as a station is detected, when the tuner
is in the seek mode.
A tapping on IF coil L4 provides
the signal drive for the station detect
circuit. This signal is coupled to the
base of common emitter amplifier
stage Q2 via trimmer capacitor C2
which sets the sensitivity of the seek
function.
The amplified signal is taken from
the collector of Q2 and is applied to
30
SILICON CHIP
narrow band ceramic filter CF2. Its
output drives the inverting input of
comparator stage IC4a. When the
input signal exceeds 20mV p-p, IC4a's
output swings between the +5V and
0V supply rails. This signal then
charges a .0lµF capacitor on pin 4 of
comparator IC4b via diode D16.
Two 10kQ resistors set the bias on
pin 5 of IC4b to +2.5V, while the
lO0kQ feedback resistor sets the hysteresis to about ±240mV. When the
voltage on pin 4 drops below +2.26V
(due to the .0lµF capacitor charging
up), pin 2 switches high and delivers
the stop signal to IC1. If there is no
signal out of CF2 (ie, when tuning
between stations), IC4a's output remains high and the .0lµF capacitor
discharges via a 68kQ resistor.
Signal level meter
In addition to controlling the gain
of the IF and mixer stages, the AGC
voltage developed by the MC13024 is
made availabl e at pin 17 and is used
to drive the signal level indicator. This
AGC voltage is first buffered by op
amp IC7a which then drives a comparator chain consisting of op amps
IC6a-d & IC7b. These drive the five
signal level LEDs via 3.3kQ current
limiting resistors.
A resistive divider chain is used to
set the voltages on the non-inverting
comparator inputs, ranging from 0.8V
on pin 6 of IC7b to 1.2V on pin 3 of
IC6a. Thus, all the LEDs will be on for
AGC voltages of less than 0.8V, indicating a strong signal, while all the
LEDs will be off for AGC voltages of
greater than 1.2V. For voltages in between these values, one of more of
the LEDs will be lit to indicate the
relative signal strength.
The 1MQ resistors connected between the outputs and non-inverting
inputs provide a small amount of
hysteresis for each comparator. This
is done to prevent the LEDs from flickering at the threshold points.
Audio output stages
The audio outputs appear at pins
20 & 23 of IC2 and are shunted by
.0lµF capacitors to filter out high frequency noise. The left and right channels are then fed to op amps IC3a &
IC3b via CMOS gates IC5b & IC5a re-
spectively. These CMOS gates switch
the signal through when the mute
signal from the microprocessor is high
(ie, when a station is detected) but go
open circuit to mute the output when
the control input is low (ie, during
tuning and at power up or power
down).
IC3a & IC3b both operate with a
gain of 11, as set by their 10kQ & lkQ
feedback resistors. A .0012µF capacitor across each 10kQ feedback resistor sets the upper frequency rolloff to
about 13kHz.
Immediately following the amplifiers are the twin-T filter networks,
based on IC3c, IC3d and their associated close-tolerance RC networks.
These twin-T filters provide a sharp
notch at 9kHz, to filter out signal beats
from adjacent stations. VR1 & VR3
allow the total resistance in the bottom leg of each twin-T filter to be
adjusted to the correct value, while
VR2 & VR4 allow precise setting of
the notch frequency.
The 100pF capacitors on the noninverting inputs of IC3c & IC3d are
there to prevent instability in the
twin-T filters, and to provide a small
amount of high frequency cut above
12kHz.
Control circuit
Now let's take a look at the control
circuit for the new tuner, shown in
Fig.3.
At the heart of the control circuit is
IC1 which is a standard NEC tuner
control chip. Among other things, it
provides the tuner control voltage and
drives the 7-segment LED displays
and memory LEDs in multiplex fashion.
The Sa-Sg outputs drive the display segments and memory LEDs via
Darlington buffer IC8 (UA96677),
while the D1 -D5 outputs drive inverter stages IC9b-IC9f. These in-
Fig.3 (right): the control circuit is
based on microprocessor ICl. It's
basically a phase lock loop that
compares the local oscillator signal
with a divided reference frequency &
produces an error voltage at pin 8.
This error voltage is then buffered by
QB to give the tuning voltage for the
varicap diodes in the tuner front end.
ICl also drives the LED displays &
decodes the switch inputs.
~
...
.....
co
co
.....
>-<:
>
:i:l
c::
:i:l
~
t%J
!:Cl
I
+
10
25VW!
B
SEEK
~o
D13~
1N4148
+
IN
7
10
25VW+
A
I I I
4
t
44 lk2
43L
~
+
"T
29IFM
STOP
-:-
I
D1 4
1N4DD2
MUTE
+5V DISPLAY
p
INT
5 voo
17
12 CE
2 MUTE
18 AM
osc
13
STOP
X1
..,.
GN0
9
5=+R"
0
XTA
4.5M
LOCAL
OSCILLATOR
":'
100
16VWI
vv•
22pF I
??
t r-M"' I I I
33kl
I"'~ "-~ I """% I
- '-~-
UP
~
~
r-.~
421Ko
-:-
GN0
10
IC1
D1710G-227
7
31
6
1
.01 '""'
':'
J:
470
16VWI
1.8k
1
+12V
08
BC549
-f
.,.
D.47 +
16VW I
220
.,.
i'.'N D
TP2
TUNING
VOLTAGE
I
t
g
05
1N4148
I
t
D6
1N41 48
05
BC328
COM
3,8
DISPLAY 3
I '-Y
04
BC328
t
/c
/b
COM
3,8
- d-
1/
.,
a
OISPLAY 2
IN
I
4xZ-4145 COMMON ANODE DISPLAYS
07
1N4148
CDM
3,8
DISPLAY1
03
BC328
10 g
9I
+5V~
1_~ _ _.,u, ... _...
15
1e
14
4C
6b
7a
2d
7!~?P·
13
4 7kf
1
16VW
-:-
IC8
UA9667
TUNER CONTROL
ME 20
D1
02 52
03 51
D4 50
D5 49
VDD
1
~
I t1
'""~
34 35 36 37 38 4D 41
a b C d e I g
12
~o
OUT
B
EOc
I!
l6
GN0
'~"'
~
.P.
VIE WED FROM BELOW
R
~
+5V DISPLAY
OISPLAY 4
This view shows the completed tuner, minus its silk-screened front panel. It's
easy to build & delivers superb stereo AM performance.
verters then drive transistors Q3-Q7
which switch the display digits and
the memory LEDs.
·The ME or 'memory enable' output
drives the ME LED via inverter IC9a
and a 1kQ resistor.
In addition to driving the display
segments, the Sa, Sb, Sc , Se, Sf & Sg
outputs drive the switch matrix via
isolating diodes D8-D13. The other
sides of the switches are connected to
the K0-K3 inputs of IC1, which are
normally pulled low via 33kQ pulldown resistors. However, if a switch
is pressed, one of the segment outputs will pull the corresponding K0K3 input high and the switch function is then decoded and executed by
the microprocessor.
Also connected to the Kl & K2 inputs are feature selection diodes D5D7. These are driven by the D1 & D2
outputs of 1C1 and are used to select
various options; eg, 9kHz or 10kHz
station spacing, discrete LEDs or a 7segment display for memory indication, etc.
Because IC1 is designed to control
both AM and FM tuners, it always
comes on in FM mode when power is
initially applied. Since we want to
control an AM tuner only, Q9 has
been included to automatically switch
IC1 back into AM mode.
It works quite simply. When power
is first applied, pin 29 of IC1 goes
high and turns on Q9 after a brief
delay, as set by the 2.2µF capacitor.
This in turn allows Sf to pull the K3
input high, which is the command
32
SILICON CHIP
for IC1 to switch to AM control.
A 4.5MHz crystal (X1), connected
to pins 3 & 4, provides the timebase
for the IC1 and this is loaded by two
22pF capacitors to ensure optimum
operating conditions.
Pin 8 (EO1) is the error output and
this drives buffer stage Q8 via a 10kQ
resistor. The output appears at the
collector of Q8 and, after filtering,
provides the tuning voltage for the
varicap diodes in the tuner front end.
The .01µF capacitor reduces high-frequency noise on the collector of Q8,
while the series 1.8kQ resistor and
1µF capacitor form a low-pass filter.
Other inputs and outputs are the
stop input (pin 13), the local oscillator input (pin 18) and the mute output (pin 2). The oscillator input is
derived from buffer stage Q1 on the
main tuner circuit (Fig.2) as discussed
previously, while the mute output
controls CMOS switches IC5a & IC5b.
Power supply
Power for the AM Stereo Tuner is
derived from a mains transformer
which provides 12VAC at 5VA (see
Fig.2). This drives bridge rectifier D1D4 and the resulting DC output filtered by a 2200µF capacitor to give an
unregulated supply rail of about 17V.
This 17V rail is then used to drive a
number of 3-terminal regulators.
For the main tuner circuit, the 17V
rail is switched by S1 and fed to adjustable 3-terminal regulator REG1 to
derive a regulated +12V supply rail.
This +12V supply is used to power
most of the op amp and comparator
circuitry and also supplies the collector of Q8 via a 4. 7kQ resistor. It also
drives REG4 which provides a +5V
rail to power IC2, IC4 & IC5.
Note the 470µF capacitor across the
1kQ voltage adjust resistor on REG1.
This ensures a slow turn on to prevent large thuds in the audio output
when power is first applied. (You
can't get slow turn-on from a 7812
but with a capacitor on the ADJ terminal, you can with an LM317).
The 0.1µF capacitor connected between chassis and circuit earth is
necessary to keep the circuit earth at
the same AC potential as the chassis.
Without this capacitor, the sensitive
25Hz pilot detector in IC2 would be
overloaded by 50Hz mains signal and
there would be no stereo reception.
Two separate supplies are used to
power the microprocessor chip (IC1)
- see Fig.3 again. First, a +5V supply
is derived via REG3 from the
unswitched side of S1 and this is
applied to pins 5 & 17 via D14. This
standby supply is on permanently
(unless the mains is switched off at
the wall socket) and keeps the microprocessor powered up to maintain the
station memories when the tuner is
switched off.
If the mains supply is interrupted
(or the tuner is switched off at the
wall), the 33µF low leakage capacitor
at pins 5 & 17 maintains the standby
supply for several hours, to ensure
that station settings are not lost.
Diode D14 prevents the 33µF capacitor from rapidly discharging back
into the regulator if the mains supply
does fail. To compensate for the voltage drop across this diode, diode D15
jacks up the output of REG3 to 5.6V.
The second +5V supply rail for the
microprocessor is derived from the
switched side of S 1 and is fed to the
chip enable (CE) input via REG2. This
supply rail is also used to power the
LED displays.
At first glance, the use of four separate regulators may seem unnecessary.
Why not just use two: one to provide
the +12V rail and another to power
all the +5V circuitry? The answer is
that separate +5V regulators are necessary to keep the multiplex noise
generated by the control circuitry out
of the sensitive tuner circuits.
That's all we have space for this
month. Next month, we will continue
with the full construction details. SC
COMPUTER BITS
BY JENNIFER BONNITCHA
Why it takes so long to turn on
Ever wondered why your computer takes so
long between the time you turn it on and the
time when it is actually ready to do your
bidding? This month we explain why.
Start-up is a very busy time in the
day-to-day life of your PC. One of the
most important activities is the POST
(Power On Self Test) which is a series
of program routines, buried in the
motherboard ROM (Read Only Memory). POST tests all the main system
components at power-on time and is
th,e reason why there is some delay
between turning the computer's
power on and actually using it; all
tests are executed before the computer
loads the operating system.
The procedure tests all the primary
computer components such as the CPU
(Central Processing Unit - the "brains"
of your computer), ROM, motherboard
support circuitry, memory and major
peripheral devices such as printers.
However, the tests are brief in nature,
to the extent that the POST process
can provide error or warning messages when a faulty component is
encountered, either by sounding a
tone and/or displaying a message.
Almost all manufacturers also display the system memory as it is tested.
The last number you see (eg, 640KB
OK) is the amount of memory correctly tested and the number should
agree with the total amount of memory installed in your computer. Alternatively, you may see "conventional"
then extended memory tested and
reported as separate amounts.
Watch next time you boot your
computer and note also that expanded
memory is not tested by the POST, nor
does it count in the numbers reported.
For a discussion of PC memory usage, refer to Brian Richard's article in
the December 1990 issue of SILICON
CHIP.
POST error codes
POST error codes usually provide
tones with varying combinations of
beeps to identify the faulty compo-
Table 1: Error Tones
TONE
PROBABLE FAULT
No beep
Continuous beep
Repeating short beeps
1 long, 1 short beep
1 long, 2 short beeps
1 short beep, bad/no display
1 short beep, no boot sequence
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
Motherboard
Video adpator card
Video cable &/or display
Disc cable, adaptor drive
nent. If an error is detected during
the POST procedure, an error message
displays. These messages are usually
in the form of a numeric code several
digits long and will again depend on
your computer's manufacturer. Normal POST completion sounds one
short beep when the system starts. If
any problems are encountered, you
will probably get the tones shown in
Table 1 but, as always, watch the
screen and check the manual:
In addition to the POST, general
diagnostics and advanced diagnostics
are available for most PCs.
Diagnostics discs
The manufacturer's System Diagnostics Disc (or equivalent) enables
you to test various parts of your computer system, including the system
unit and many installed options such
as the expansion unit, keyboard, display, printer and so on. You often
need to boot from the diagnostics disc
to run the programs since a special
version of DOS (Disk Operating System) resides on the disc.
Of particular interest is the suppression of system parity checking
during the boot process using this
disc. A normal system may be continually locked up with a memory
parity-check error. By disabling the
check, a defective system may be able
to "limp" through the diagnostics.
For "technician level" diagnostics,
the Advanced Diagnostics or the
equivalent provide the "real" diagnostic programs which produce error
messages in the form of numbers.
Since many manufacturers offer their
own versions of diagnostics programs,
you should use those provided. If your
system does not have this type of
manufacturer support, you can generally use the IBM diagnostics.
FEBRUARY1991
37
COMPUTER BITS - CTD
Nearly all PC error codes for the
POST are represented by the device
number followed by two digits other
than 00. The device number plus 00
is used to indicate successful completion of a test. Typical error codes
are shown in Table 2.
The Advanced Diagnostics do a
good job with the system components,
however these programs fall short
when testing disc drives. Drives are
the cause of the vast majority of problems in computer systems, so it is
worthwhile finding a program to test
not only the disc's data but also characteristics such as the drive's alignment.
While many programs can evaluate
the condition of, say, a floppy disc,
not many can evaluate the condition
of the drive itself. To do this, you
need a disc created by a specially
calibrated machine. This disc, which
contains certain known errors, can
then determine the capabilities of the
drive against the disc in conjunction
with the appropriate software. Errors
can include sectors that are progressively further from the precise track
centre, so the ability of the drive to
read these intentionally off-centre
sectors is used to guage the drive 's
alignment.
Basic booting
As the computer initialises, ROM
performs the POST and reads the contents of the Basic Input/Output System (BIDS). The function of the
BIDS.SYS file is to talk to the system's
peripherals. The IBM PC of old also
contained Cassette BASIC, so if all else
fa iled, you could play around with
BASIC. Placing a small, but very essential part of start-up procedure in
ROM allows the computer to boot itself automatically and yet remain flexible for future changes.
While an in-depth knowledge of
the various kinds of ROM is useful
perhaps to a programmer, at some
stage it is likely you may need to
know which version of ROM is installed in your computer. New ROM
ANTRIM
~
TRANSFORMERS
versions deal with the ability to interface to the enhanced 101 keyboard,
5.25-inch 1.2Mb drive, 3.5 -inch
720Kb and 1.44Mb drives, hard disc
types etc. Subtle differences hidden
in your system can often be the cause
of some strange problems.
ROM version can be tracked through
programs such as Norton Utilities and
at a basic level through observation at
boot time. For example, Phoenix Software manufactures compatible ROM
BIDS chips for compatible motherboard manufacturers. A typical display is as follows:
Phoenix 80286 ROM BIDS Ver. 3.05TB
Copyright (c) 1985,1986 Phoenix
Technologies Ltd.
All Rights Reserved.
If the display changes too quickly
for you to read the information, try
pressing AS (hold down Ctrl and press
the letter S) or the Pause key on the
101 enhanced keyboard.
Disc duties
Having satisfied itself that the POST
memory and hardware tests are complete, the next phase in the boot sequence is to search for a system disc
with the operating system on it. A
E-1 LAMINATED POWER
TRANSFORMERS
PCB MOUNT
STOCK RANGE
TRANSFORMERS,
ILABLE
PCB mount ex-stock in sizes
from 2.5VA to 25VA with secondary voltages from 2 x 6V to
2 x 20V. Triple output models
also available for logic circuits.
Chassis mount manufactured to
order in sizes from 2.5VA to
1KVA in E-1 and C core.
CHASSIS MOUNT
TO ORDER
We are the largest ex-stock supplier of toroidal power transformers
in Australia. Our standard range consists of the U.K. manufactured
AN,:_RIM range in 10 VA sizes from 15VA to 625VA. All have a
single 240V primary and dual secondary windings ranging from
2 x 6V to 2 x 55V. Our local manufacturing facilities supplement
this range by manufacturing specials to order. Models are available
from stock to suit most project kits. Comprehensive data sheets
are available on request. Enquiries from resellers and manufacturers are welcomed. Prices are extremely competitive and generous
trade discounts apply for quantity.
38
SILICON CHIP
90 George St., HORNSBY NSW
disc qualifies if it has a boot record
on the first track of the disc to indicate the presence of the hidden system files 10.COM and DOS.COM - machine language COMmand files.
Should the first available disc not
contain these two hidden files - you
accidentally leave a disc in Drive A,
for example - a NON SYSTEM DISK message displays.
The first hidden file is 10.COM (or
IBMIO.COM if you have the real article). This file contains extensions to
the ROM BIOS routines and so by interfacing with it, can pass instructions
to the processor and so determine
equipment status, initialise peripherals, etc. It also loads the COMMAND.
COM file into its allotted memory
address.
The second hidden file is
MSDOS.COM (IBMDOS.COM). This file
contains the DOS service routines
which are the next level of system
software up from ROM BIOS. Its functions include performing 1/0 (input/
output) operations to various devices,
initialising the working tables of DOS,
and performing its interrupt functions. Additionally, DOS.COM determines the lowest available address
for COMMAND.COM to be loaded into
Random Access Memory (RAM).
CONFIG.SYS file
Next, the contents of the CONFIG.SYS
file are read from the system disc.
SYS files are used by the operating
system and they can hold software
routines that control and communicate with the computer's devices or
peripherals. This file generally contains default values for the operating
system and information on required
device drivers.
The command processor COMMAND.COM is the highest level of DOS
and its job is to interpret the commands a user enters through the keyboard and control the internal DOS
commands. The internal commands
are frequently-used DOS commands
such as COPY, DIR, DEL etc that are
kept in RAM. COMMAND.COM can't
control external commands such as
FORMAT, CHKDSK, etc and they must
be loaded into memory from a disc
whenever they are issued by the user.
Executable files
COM files are machine language
command files. Thus, whenever you
type a DOS command, DOS searches
Table 2: Typical Error Codes
CODE
DESCRIPTION
01x
02x
1x~
2xx
3xx
4xx
5xx
6xx
7xx
9xx
10xx
11 XX
12xx
13xx
14xx
15xx
Undetermined problem
Power supply
System board
Memory (RAM)
Keyboard
Monochrome Display Adaptor (MDA)
Colour Graphics Adaptor (CGA)
Floppy drive/adaptor
8087, 80287 or 80387 math co-processor
Parallel printer adaptor
Alternate parallel printer adaptor
Asynchronous communications adaptor
Alternate asynchronous communications adaptor
Game control adaptor
Matrix printer
Synchronous Data Line Control (SDLC) communications
adaptor
Display emulation (327x, 5520, 525x)
Fixed disc
1/0 expansion unit
3270 PC attachment card
Binary synchronous communications (BSC) adaptor
Alternate binary synchronous communications adaptor
Cluster adaptor
Enhanced Graphics Adaptor (EGA)
XT/370 errors
AT/370 errors
3278/79 emulation adaptor
Colour/graphics printer
Primary PC network adaptor
Secondary PC network adaptor
Compact printer errors
General Purpose Interface Bus (GPIB) adaptor
Data acquisition adaptor
Professional graphics controller
Voice communications adaptor
3.5-inch external disk drive
IBM Expanded Memory Adaptor (XMA)
Music feature card
16xx
17xx
18xx
19xx
20xx
21xx
22xx
24xx
26xx
27xx
28xx
29xx
30xx
31xx
33xx
36xx
38xx
39xx
71xx
73xx
85xx
89xx
the disc and any path you set for a file
with that command name. If the
search fails, DOS then searches for a
file with the same name and an EXE
(EXEcutable) extension. You could say
that binary notation EXE files are second-level command files since they
are used less frequently· than the COM
files.
Finally, if an AUTOEXEC.BAT file is
found, the information contained
within is processed and the computer
is ready for use.
Next month, we'll have a look at
the CONFIG.SYS and ANSI.SYS files,
together with a whole host of environment settings you can try on your
computer. But be warned: the earlier
your DOS version, the less you can
try.
SC
FEBRUARY1991
39
VINTAGE RADIO
By JOHN HILL
One thing leads to another
It's funny how one simple act can lead to a
series of events that probably would not
have otherwise happened. In my case, these
so-called events were well overdue and it
was about time something was done anyway.
It all started when I was looking for
a potentiometer. I have hundreds of
these items in various shapes and
sizes and while looking for one particular pot I kept finding others. I was
surprised to discover that I had so
many wirewound types and these
were put to one side rather than mix
them up again with the other potentiometers.
I eventually found what I was looking for and put the wirewound as-
sortment into a box to be inspected at
a later date. As my potentiometer collection is mostly secondhand, such
pots need a thorough clean and checkout before they can be put back into
service. In many cases, they don't
make the grade.
This particularly applies to old and
used wirewound potentiometers. Not
only are they secondhand but they
are also often well worn, dirty and
clogged up with dry grease. Checking
and reconditioning these old pots
seemed like a good idea for they
would then be ready to use when
needed.
Wirewound potentiometers were
used as volume controls in early
superhet receivers up to about the
mid-1930s, before the advent of AVC
(automatic volume control) . The usual
setup was to place the volume control in the cathode circuit of the intermediate frequency amplifier valve(s)
and, in some instances, the frequency
converter valve as well (but not in an
autodyne). A variable resistance in
the cathode circuit alters the cathode
bias (effectively the grid bias) of the
valves and, therefore, controls the gain
or volume of the receiver.
It was also normal practice to connect the aerial to the unused end of
the volume control. This gave a secondary control of the volume because
as the resistance in the cathode circuit increased, the resistance between
aerial and chassis decreased.
Two volume controls
This 1936 model Radiola has two volume controls, one in the cathode circuit of
the IF amplifier valve and the other in the audio section of the receiver. This
arrangement is especially useful if the set is operated close to a powerful
transmitter, since cutting back the gain ahead of the detector stage helps prevent
overloading the audio stages.
40
SILICON CHIP
Some pre-war superhets actually
had two volume controls. One control was, as previously explained, in
the cathode circuit of the IF amplifier
valve, while the other was in the audio
section of the set.
Such an arrangement can be an
advantage if the set is operated close
to a powerful transmitter. Cutting back
the gain ahead of the detector stage
helps prevent overloading the audio
stages. A local station switch has
much the same effect but lacks variable control.
Superhet design moved away from
these early ideas, with the advent of
AVC, and the volume control was
eventually placed in the control grid
circuit of the first audio valve only.
When this is the case, a cheaper car-
Resurrection
Radio
Vintage Wireless
Specialists
Repairs - Restoration - Sales
Our skilled technicians offer QUALITY repairs
and restoration.
We also have a large stock of Bakelite and
Timber radios fully restored and for SALE.
This is just part of the author's potentiometer collection. Many old pots require
cleaning and lubrication before they can be put back into service. One certainly
collects lots of parts in the vintage radio business!
Parts are available for the enthusiasts
including over 900 valve types, high voltage
capacitors, transformers, dial glasses,
knobs, grille cloth etc.
Circuit diagrams for most Australian makes
and models.
Send SAE for our catalogue.
WANTED · Valves, Radios, etc.
purchased for CASH
Call in to our Showroom at:
51 Chapel Street, Windsor,Vlc 3181
PO Box 1116
Telephone: (03) 529 5639
control knobs only. That problem can
be easily overcome, however.
Extension shaft
A few hours work was all that was required to restore these old wirewound
potentiometers. Many old radios from the 1920s and early 1930s used
wirewound potentiometers as volume controls.
bon potentiometer is used.
The need for a wirewound volume
control in those early superhets is
because larger currents flow in cathode circuits than in control grid circuits.
However, in some instances, a carbon potentiometer can be used as a
replacement for a wirewound type. If
the volume control only alters the
cathode bias on one valve, there is
every chance of getting away with it.
If it controls the bias on two valves,
then a carbon pot may not be able to
carry the current. Anything greater
than a 0.25W load might be asking
too much from a carbon potentiometer, although the larger old types were
rated at one watt over the whole element. The wirewound pot was originally used for good reason.
Dick Smith Electronics and other
electronics outlets sell nice new wirewound potentiometers, including 5kQ
and 10kQ, types that are ideally suited
to early superhets. There is, however,
one disadvantage with these modern
replacements: they seem to be only
made with an extremely short splined
shaft which is suitable for metric style
If these modern potentiometers are
to be used for vintage radio applications, then they will require a neatfitting extension shaft. Because I have
a lathe in my workshop, tailor-made
extensions are no problem. Without
the lathe, difficulties could be encountered because the extension shaft
needs to be a very close fit in order to
maintain reasonable alignment of the
shaft. An ordinary commercially
made extension may not fit these extremely short shafted potentiometers.
When using modern wirewound
potentiometers, remember that the
wiper arm is insulated from the control shaft whereas in the older types
this was not usually the case. This
simply means that the arm is not automatically earthed when the pot is
installed in the chassis by its securing nut. Therefore, the wiper arm
connection may require earthing.
As I like to keep my vintage radios
as original as possible, I prefer to use
a similar potentiometer if there is a
FEBRUARY1991
41
Modern wirewound potentiometers usually have very
short control shafts. A suitable extension will thus be
required if you intend using this type of potentiometer as
a replacement in a vintage radio.
need to replace one. Hence the reason for reconditioning all those wirewound pots that had been put aside.
Many of these volume controls are
quite reusable but they do require a
particular maintenance routine if they
are going to work smoothly again. In
this case, the word "smoothly" has
two meanings: smooth mechanically
and smooth electrically.
Watch the needle
To see how rough some of these old
pots are, one only has to connect an
ohmmeter and watch the needle
dance up and down the scale as the
wiper arm is turned around. Dusty or
corroded contacts will cause the meter needle to fluctuate, a fault that
will result in considerable noise if
the component is used as a volume
control.
Making up suitable extensions for wirewound pot shafts is
a fairly straightforward job if you have access to a lathe.
Alternatively, you may be able to find a suitable
commercial shaft extender.
Worse still is the possibility that
the fine resistance wire element has a
break in it which will render the control pretty useless. A continuity check
should be one of the first steps when
repairing old wirewound potentiometers.
Checking the overall resistance often shows a variation in the specified
resistance ofup to 20%. For example,
it is common for a 10kQ pot to measure as low as 8kQ or as high as 12kQ
when checked with an ohmmeter.
Modern wirewound potentiometers
are made more accurately - not that it
really matters in a volume control.
Restoring old pots
Cleaning up an old wirewound pot
can only be done properly if the whole
unit is stripped first. The bearing part
of the shaft needs to be thoroughly
Background To Volume Control
The very early superhets used
an autodyne type local oscillator/
mixer. The circuit values in these
were quite critical and so they could
not be included in the volume control system.
With only one stage under control, overload on strong signals was
a serious problem. The local/distant
switch was the first solution but,
because it relied on the user switching it in or out, was not always successful. Connecting the antenna to
the unused end of the variable cathode resistor was a major improvement, provided the resistor value
42
SILICON CHIP
was carefully selected.
The development of the pentagrid converter was the next major
step and allowed both valves to be
controlled . Then, with the advent of
AVC, the volume control was moved
to the audio stage.
Some people did object to AVC in
the early days. One reason for this
was the increase in noise between
stations, particularly on the very
sensitive sets that were popular in
those days. Another reason, probably arising out of the first one, was
the belief that sets with AVC "picked
up more static".
cleaned and regreased so that it will
work smoothly. The electrical cleanup may require more time and effort.
If the wire element is in good condition, it can be cleaned with a toothbrush or a blast of compressed air.
However, all too often, years of wear
and tear have almost worn the wire
through. Even those types of potentiometer where the wiper arm presses
a metal disc onto the wire can be
worn to almost breaking point. Pots
that employ a direct contact wiper
arm are even more likely to wear the
wire through.
Now if the worn track is still in one
piece, the potentiometer can usually
be salvaged simply by removing the
resistance winding and turning it over
so that the opposite side of the coil is
brought to bear on the wiper arm.
This operation varies from being fairly
easy to quite difficult, depending on
the type of construction. Some types
may not allow the wire element to be
reversed.
Naturally, reasonable care needs to
be taken when repairing potentiometers in the manner just described, for
it can be a delicate task. In most instances, wirewound volume controls
can be completely restored by reversing the resistance element and cleaning and relubricating the mechanicals. This treatment costs absolutely
nothing whereas a new pot costs
around $8 and requires an extension
shaft.
The best part of an afternoon pased
before I finished repairing my collection of wirewound potentiometers.
Only two were discarded. It was a job
that had been put off for quite some
Vintage Service Tip
Checking Early Pickups
Depending on design and condition, many wirewound potentiometers can be
restored by cleaning them and by reversing the wire resistance element so that a
fresh section of track is brought to bear against the resistance arm.
time and now they were all ready to
use. As a matter of fact, I could even
think of where I could use one straight
away.
Modifying an Airzone
One of my radio treasures is a 193 7
5-valve console model Airzone. Although a 1937 model with octal based
valves, it had a wirewound volume
control in the cathode circuits of the
first two valves. This control had
developed a particularly bad spot
where it made a lot of noise and the
volume level jumped noticeably. It
seemed like a good time to swap it
over for one of my reconditioned
units.
When removed, the pot was found
to be in excellent condition and it
was repaired and put back into serv-
Many early pots had their working
parts exposed to the dust and grime.
Cleaning the resistance element and
lubricating the mechanicals
(particularly the wiper arm) often
restores the unit to working condition
again.
ice again instead of being replaced.
The main problem with this particular potentiometer was a dob of gunk
on the wiper track which effectively
isolated a number of turns on the resistance element - hence the noise
and the jump in volume.
However, this simple repair was
about to lead onto a more ambitious
project. While the set was on the
workbench , it seemed like a good
opportunity to look at other things.
The old Airzone has no AGC (Automatic Gain Control; also known as
AVC or Automatic Volume Control).
It is one of those receivers which requires two hands to tune in order to
avoid "crashes" on the stronger local
stations. Automatic gain control was
one of the really good innovations to
come out of the early 1930s.
Why the Airzone was made without AGC is a bit of a mystery. Perhaps
receivers without AGC were a little
cheaper and the Airzone was a budget
priced model? Perhaps some people
liked them that way - who knows?
What I proposed to do was add
AGC to the old Airzone. It is a good
receiver with a very attractive timber
cabinet and the addition of AGC
would most certainly improve an already excellent radio. I had been
thinking about such a conversion for
quite a while and now seemed like
the ideal time to do it, even if I had to
remove the volume control that had
only just been fitted.
A number of modifications would
be necessary to convert the receiver
to AGC. To begin with, the set would
Old crystal & magnetic pickups
can be quickly checked by connecting them to a set of high im pedance headphones and then
rubbing a finger across the needle
or stylus. The scratching should
be clearly heard in the headphones. The relative output can
be checked by comparison with a
known good unit.
Other then being open circuit,
faults in early magnetic pickups
are mainly confined to misalignment or drying out of the rubber
armature dampers. In the latter
case, repairs can be effected by
using bicycle valve tubing. Cut off
a length slightly less than that
required and split it lengthwise. In
most cases, the top (blade) rubber will also have hardened or
disintegrated. Replacement of this
is essential as it not only provides
damping but also stops the armature hitting the magnet pole faces.
Th is damper will have to be handshaped from sheet rubber of suitable resilience.
Watch out for shorts in the old
shielded cable used in these pickups. This often has rubber compound insulation which also
cracks & hardens.
Vintage Radio Service Tip is supplied by Resurrection Radio, 51
Chapel St, Windsor, Vic 3181.
Phone (03) 529 5639.
have to be changed to diode detection and the volume control shifted
from the present cathode circuits and
placed in the control grid circuit of
the first audio valve. Finally, the AGC
voltages would have to be connected
to the control grids of the first two
valves.
Unfortunately, we have run out of
space, so the AGC story will have to
wait for some other time. If the conversion turns out OK (and there is no
reason why it shouldn't), I know what
it will lead onto next. The old Airzone
isn't the only set in my collection that
would benefit from such a modification, so the operation will be repeated
a number of times.
SC
FEBRVARY1991
43
~~ - ~
1·
~
<at>1 <
~,
DIGITAL MULTI METER HC -4510
DISPLAY:41/2 DIGIT
~I
BASIC ACCURACY: 0.5% DC V
DC VOLTAGE: 0-1000V
DC CURRENT: 0-10A
AC VOLTAQE: 0-750V
AC CURRE~T: 0-10A
RESISTANCE:' 0-20M OHMS
CONTINUITY TEST, DIODE TEST
DATA HOLD
\
C
'
I
20 MHz DUAL TRACE OSCILLOSCOPE
·
013030 ........... RRP,.SJ49:'9S"" NOW $129.95 -· --........:JI,
------------------------1
DIGITAL MULTI METER HC-5010EC
DISPLAY: 31/2 DIGIT
BASIC ACCURACY: 0.5% DC
DC VOLTAGE: 0-1000V
DC CURRENT: 0-10A
AC VOLTAGE: 0-750V
AC CURRENT: 0-10A
RESISTANCE: 0-20M OHMS
CONTINUITY TEST, DIODE TEST
CTR DISPLAY: .150 mm rectangular
VERTIACAL DEFLECTION:
• Deflection Factor: 5mV to 20V / Div on 12 r,nges in 1-2-5 step with fine
control
• Bandwidth DC: DC to 20 MHz (-3dB) AC: 10Hz to 20 MHz (-3dB)
• Operating modes CH·A, CH-B. DUAL aod ADD (ALTICHOP L202 only)
• Chop Frequency: 200 KHz Approx.
• Channel separation: Better than 60dB at 1KHz
TIME BASE
• Type: Automatic & normal triggered in automatic mode, sweep is obtained without
input signal
• Sweep Time: 0.2m Sec to 0.5 Seel Div on ranges in 1-2-5 step with fine
control and X-Y.
• Magnifier: X5 at all times.
CAO Probe to suit
013010 .................... RRP ~ NOW $109.95
$39.50
TRIGGERING
each - Cat.
012201
• Sensitivtty lnt: 1 Div or more Ext: 1Vp-p or more .
• Source: INT, CH·B, LINE or EXT
• Triggering Level: Positive and Negetive, continuously variable level;
Pull for Auto.
• Sync: AC, HF Rej, TV (each +or-) at TV Sync. TV-H (line) and (frame)
sync are switched automatically by SWEEP TIMEIDiv switch .
DIGITAL MULTI METER HC-889
DISPLAY: 31/2 DIGIT
DC VOLTAGE: 0-1000V
DC CURRENT: 0-1 0A
AC VOLTAGE: 0-750V
RESISTANCE: 0-20M OHMS
CONTINUITY TEST, DIODE TEST,
DATA HOLD, TR HFE GAIN,
. AUTO RANGE DMM WITH BAR GRAPH
HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION
• Deflection factor: 5mV to 20VI Div on 12 ranges in 1-2-5 step with fine control
• Frequency response: DC to MHz (-3dB)
• Max Input Voltage: 300V DC + AC Peak of 600V p-p
• X·Y operation: X-Y mode is selected by SWEEP TIME/ Div switch.
• Intensity Modulation Z Axis: TTL Level (3Vp-p-50V) + bright, - dark
OTHER SPECS: • Weight: 7Kg Approx • Dimensions: 162 (H) x 294(W) x 352(D)mm.
012105 .......................... RRP ~ NOW $695
013040 ..................... R R P ~ NOW $89.95
DIGITAL MULTI METER HC-3500T
DISPLAY:3/12 DIGIT
BASIC ACCURACY: 0.5% DC
DC VOLTAGE: 0-1000V
DC CURRENT: 0-20A
AC VOLTAGE0-750V
. AC CURRENT 0-20A
RESISTANCE: 0-20M OHMS
TEMPERATURE:-20C -1200C
CONTINUITY TEST, DIODE TEST
· TEMPERATURE CAPACITANCE
FREQUENCY, hfe TEST, DATA HOLD.
100 MHz 3 CHANNEL 8 TRACE
MODEL 5510
013000 ................... RRP ~ NOW $149.95
ANALOGUE/DIGITAL MULTIMETER
Q13020 ..................
NOW
$149.95
...,_""""....,
.........,_RRP$J,i9:9S
______
_....,
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-tl
This instrument meets the customers needs in quality of performance, efficiency,
function, design, and coat! Being rugged, highly reliable and a multi-purpose 3 channel, 8 trace oscilloscope with a 6 inch domed mesh type 14kV post deflection
acceleration cathode-ray tube and with a fine red internal graticule.
FEATURES :
• Compactness, lightweight, ruggedness and simpledeaign.
• The diecaat frame provides compactness lightweight and ruggedness.
• Easy Operation
Light torque lever switches and push button switches are used.
. High Brightness CTR, high acceleration voltage and high bean, efficiency of the
150mm rectangular CTR ensures a bright high apeedsweep observation
• Multi mode display system
CH1, CH2, CH3, Add any combination or all the channels may be viewed
aimultaniously. Maximum 8 trace displaying ia poeaible with the ALT sweep function.
• High sensitivity and wide frequency,bandwidth.
The maximum vertical sensitivity is 1 mVIDIV (when x 5 MAG)at 20 MHz or greater 3dB
-3dB .
•andmV/DIVat100MHzorgreater
High input impendance
LOGIC PROBE (LP-2800)
The input impendance of CH1, CH2, CH3, is1Mnt2%, 25pFt3pf
HC-5050DB 3 1/2 DIGIT
BASIC ACCURACY: 0.5% DC
DC VOLTAGE: 0-1000V
DC CURRENT: o. 1oA
AC VOLTAGE: 0-750V
AC CURRENT: 0-10A
RESISTANCE: 0-20M OHMS
DC AC RMS:-45dB -+SOdB
TEMPERATURE: -20C-1200C
AC FREQ SPREAD: 50Hz-2KHz
-c. r"£,
S~"1
It."'
0
-;r/1,,,
CONTINUITY TEST, DIODE TEST
USEFUL FOR TTL AND CMOS.
HIG!t& LOW INDICATORS
PULSE MEMORY.
FOR THE HOBBIEST OR SERIOUS TECHNIICIAN
FOR TRACING THOSE HARD TO FIND FAULTS
ON LOGIC BOARDS.
._• ~~\.
1
Q12109 ......... RRP $2995.00 NOW $2795.00
SCHOOLS & COLLEGES TAKE
NOTE! ONLY $2395 tax exempt.
4~~
\
-
/ •
•r-~
/
.
~
·~ ~
-- ,..
~
008 335757 TOLL FREE MAIL ORDER HOTLINE FOR CREDIT CARD ORDERS
~
~
'T~~
. ;;:> '"/.J7; I
.,___ .
et~ -_i-,."1/ Y~ ~ . /,,.
·-I<,•.,.• ,
,,fu
.::_JL_____________~~
, ~ • • ··[a:1~12:1;.2;···;
.. ·:···;···:··:···:
...:...:...:.. R~R:P~S».95'=·::.~NO
= w::..:s~19:·9:s:,__ _
&\.
rn~· ~
~
~t 5
.......
.~J
··-.
~
."'1il
~
tJ0. '.\
._,,c
Ii~·.. ·. ~ ~
'
1-9 Bo xes
3 1/2"00 $19.95
3 1/2" HD $45.95
10+
$18.95
$42.95
51 /4"DD
51 /4"HD
VERBATIM
OATALIFE
VERBATIM
VALUELIFE
1-9 Bom 10+
1-9 Boxes
~
10+
31 /2"OD
$28.50$27.95
3 1/2" DD $23.95
$22.95
31 /2"HD
$53.50$52.50
3 1/2" HD $39.95
$37.95
5 1/4"OD
$22.95$21.95
51 /4" DD $12.95
$11.95
5 1/4"HD
$24.95 $23.9
51 /4" HD $19.95
$18.95
PRINTER RIBBONS TO
SUIT:
• CP80. SX80. DPS0 . B X100.
ex,oo. MBI OO
1-9
100 x 5 1/4" ECLIPSE
C16042 .....................$11.95
10.
C22036 .. $19.95
$17 .95
· MX80. FKSO. AXSO. FXSOO.
~
M X7 0. M X80. LXSOO
1.9
10+
C22031 .... $16.95 $15.25
· MX100. FX100 , AX100.LO1000
1-9
10+
C22002 .. .. $19.95 $17.95
40 x 3 1/2" ECLIPSE
C16040 .....................$8.99
• LXSO
1-9
10+
C22003 .. $12.95
$11.95
· C ITCH 851 0- 1550
1-9
10+
C22051..$13.95
$12.50
120 x 31/2" LOCKABLE
C16039 ..................... $21.95
1-9 8oxn 10+
31 /2"OD $19.95 $18.95
~
~·
31 /2"HD $39.95 $37.95
3 1/2"HD $69.95 $67.95
51 /4"OD
$8.95
5 1/4"OD $19.95 $18.95
51 /4"HD $19.95 $17.95
5 1/4"HD $39.95 $37.95
$9.95
~
1-9ao,.. 10+
3 1/2"OD $39.95 $37.95
100 x 5 1/4" LOCKABLE
C16020"";::j...$13.95
C20092
1-9
$8.95
10+
$8.50
SIZE: 210mm x 11.5mm x 30 M
C20094
$9.95
$9.50
SIZE: 210mm x 24.5mm x 50 M
C20096
$17.95 $16.95
50 x 5 1/4" LOCKABLE
C16025 ......................$11.95
SIZE: 210mm x 25.4mm x 100 M
~
~
SIZE: 216mm x 25 .4mm x 30 M
7
C20098
C20100
$9.95
$11.95 $rt1 .50
SIZE : 216mm x 25.4mm
120 x 5 1/4" LOCKABLE'
C16028 ......................$19.95
C20102
$9.50
$8.95
x 50 M
$8.50
DYSAN
1•9 BoXN 10+
3 1/2"0D $22.95 $21 .95
1-9 Boxoo 10+
31 /2"0D $29.95 $27.95
3 1/2"HD $39.95 $37.95
31 /2"HD $49.95
$47.95
5 1/4"OD $19.95 $18.95
5 1/4"0D $19.95
$17.95
51 /4"HD $31 .95 $29.95
5 1/4"HD $29.95
$27.95
RAINBOW DISKS
5 DIFFERENT COLOURS
OR 1 SINGLE COLOUR!
10 DS/DD
COMES WITH A FREE
PLASTIC DISK BOXI
ONLY $9.99
ROD IRVING ELECTRONICS
CITY: 48 A 'B ECKETT ST, M ELBOURNE
NORTHCOTE: 42S HIGH ST, NORTHCOTE
SYDNEY: 74 PARRAMATTA RD, STANMORE
MAIL ORD ER: S6 RENYER RD, CLAYTON
tf~,
:· .. _J
7 \"~
\~
-,.-
~ :\ ' . ¥ ~
ooa
PH:
PH:
PH:
PH:
(03)
(03)
(02)
(03)
663 6151
489 8866
S19 3134
S43 7877
FAX:
FAX:
FAX:
FAX:
(03) 639 1641
AS PHONE.
(02) S19 3 868
(03) S43 2648
$1 • $9.99..........$3.00
$10 • 24.00 ........$3.50
$25 • $49.99......$4.50
$50 $99 99 $6 00
$100 • $199 .......$7.00
$200. $500 .......FREE
$500 Plus .........FREE
335757 TOLL FREE MAIL ORDER t-lOTLINE FOR C~ ED;T ·~~~D ORDERS~.
~~.? 1·~.• -~ \ '\~\,__,
, ,%~ --<~~ r ;\\v
~C
~
~~
,· .4
~\
d ~
t
/
.
,- '
_c-~
~ ~
- ·
~
_f
~
•
"'~)
W/
/~
~
~
Three inverters for
fluorescent lights
Battery powered fluorescent lamps are
commonly available as a feature of
some torches but they are flea-power
units. Here we present three DC-AC
inverters, suitable for fluorescent
lights rated up to 40 watts.
Design by OTTO PRIBOJ
Fluorescent tubes are one of the
most efficient forms of electric lighting but because of their high voltage
requirements, they are rarely used
unless 240VAC mains power is available.
Yet there are many applications
where the high efficiency of fluorescent tubes could be highly useful.
These range from portable emergency
lighting to lighting for recreational
vehicles, caravans, boats and farms.
In fact, if a pinpoint light source or a
46
SILICON CHIP
concentrated beam is not required,
then fluorescent lighting should be
the first choice, because of its efficiency, glare-free light and freedom
from shadows.
This series of three inverters provide the necessary high AC voltage to
drive a fluorescent tube from a 12V
DC supply and at a high efficiency.
Not only that, the circuits are low
profile and use readily available
components.
DC to AC inverters intended for
driving fluorescent tubes have two
quite different requirements. First,
they must generate sufficient voltage
to fire the tube. Once the discharge is
established through the tube, it becomes a negative resistance which
means that unless there is some means
of current limiting, the tube will destroy itself.
In conventional mains powered
fluorescent lamp fittings, the ballast
performs two duties. First, in conjunction with the starter bulb, it produces the voltage to fire the tube arid
then, its inductive reactance limits
the current through the tube to a safe
level. This is a very effective and time
proven circuit which is used in billions of fluorescent lamp fittings
throughout the world.
But using a ballast to limit the lamp
current in a battery-powered fluores cent circuit is not practical because
of the relatively high losses involved
(about 10 watts for a 40 watt tube).
This is too much to tolerate for a battery operated circuit.
Fortunately, as the saying goes,
"there is more than one way of skinning a cat". When designing a transistor driven inverter, it is desirable
to make it run at a high frequency.
This enables a very compact ferrite
cored transformer to be used and also
allows losses to be minimised.
Using a high frequency to drive the
fluores cent light fitting then gives a
further advantage - we don 't have to
use a conventional inductive ballast.
Instead, we can use a capacitor. This
will limit the current but the capacitor will have very low interna l losses
which translates to higher efficiency.
As well, the capacitor will be more
compact and cheaper than an inductive ballast.
It is also possible to design the inverter to have a higher internal impedance in order to limit the discharge
current through the fluorescent tube
but that tends to lead to higher losses
and hence, higher current drain.
Let's now have a look at the ci rcuit.
The circuit
Simplicity is the byword for this
circuit although as with many ostensibly simple circuits , there is more to
it than at first meets the eye. As shown
in Fig.1 , the circuit is essentially a
straightforward push-pull transistor
inverter. The positive DC supply connects to the centre-tap connection on
the primary winding of the transformer and the collectors of the two
power transistors are each connected
to the ends of the primary winding.
When one transistor, say Ql, turns
on, it saturates and applies the full
12V DC across half the transformer
primary winding. By transformer action, thi s applies 12V (in opposite
polarity) to the other half of the transformer winding , so that we have a
total of 24 V across the full winding.
The current builds up in the transformer winding associated with Ql
until it reaches its maximum value
whereupon Ql is suddenly forced to
turn off and QZ turns on.
Why? Because transformer action
also applies to the other windings of
the transformer and this means that
the base drive voltages for Ql and QZ
are generated by the associated 2-turn
windings. When the current pulled
by Ql reaches its maximum value, it
effectively becomes DC and since
transformers don't work on DC, the
base drive voltage to Ql suddenly
drops to zero.
+12V
Rx
1W
470
16\/V\'
,
+
0.47
TO
FLUORESCENT
TUBE
ov
;
BCE
RX
40W
Cx
120(2 + 22U .001 600VACl/.001 600VAC
20W
330\l
7-16W
680!1
.001 600VAC// .001 600VAC
.001 600VAC
01 02
TIP3055
TIP3055
MJ E3055
VERSATILE FLUORESCENT INVERTER
Fig.1: the circuit is a straightforward transistor inverter which steps up the 12V
DC battery voltage to about 1000V AC to fire the fluorescent tube. Capacitor Cx
limits the tube current to a safe value while flyback diodes D1 & D2 protect the
transistors from voltage spikes when each one turns off.
This causes Ql to turn off and since
the current pulled by Ql is no longer
DC but rapidly dropping to zero, transformer action now generates base
voltage for QZ which then turns on
fully. This reverses the 24V across the
full primary winding and so the current pulled by QZ climbs to its maximum value whereupon the cycle begins again.
The voltage across the transformer
primary is 24 volts peak or approximately 12 volts RMS. (Actually, it will
usually be higher than that, depending on the condition of the battery).
This voltage is then stepped up by
the 500-turn secondary winding to
aro und 1000 volts RMS. This is
enough to fire any fluores cent tube
currently available. It will even fi re
the 1.5-metre long 58 watt tubes.
Once the discharge current through
the tube is established, capacitor Cx
in series with the tube limits the current to a safe value.
Starting the inverter
Balanced inverters such as the one
depicted in the circuit of Fig.1 will
usually not start by themselves. They
need a fixed bias so that one of the
transistors can turn on and start the
switching cycle described above. This
bias is provided by resistor Rx and
the ZZQ 0.5W resistors in series with
the bases of Ql and QZ. When power
is first applied, both transistors try to
turn on but the one with the highest
current gain (beta) wins the race and
starts the cycle.
Diodes Dl and DZ are flyback protection diodes, included to protect
the transistors from the peak voltages
that are developed when each one
turns off.
Air gap in ferrite core
All three versions use the same
transform er but the gap between the
ferrite cores is varied to set the current drain. This concept may be novel
to some of our readers so we'll explain the principle. Normally the
transformer used for DC-AC inverters
is constructed without any gap which
means that the core permeability is
very high. This means that a relatively small magnetising force (ie,
ampere-turns) is required to saturate
the core. This results in a squ are hysteresis curve and a very square AC
waveform in the primary and secondary windings.
Such a waveform though is not
really suitable if the current limiting
element for the fluorescent tube is to
be a capacitor - all it will let through
will be very narrow current spikes
FEBRUARY1991
47
which will not let the tube operate at
normal brilliance.
No, for the capacitor to correctly
limit the current through the tube,
the voltage waveform from the transformer should be more rounded, like
a sinewave. This is achieved by having an air gap between the two halves
of the ferrite transformer core.
The oscilloscope photo accompanying this article shows the voltage
waveforms which can be expected
from the transformer. Note that they
are nothing like square waves but
much more like sinewaves.
Having an air gap means that the
inverter also draws a substantially
higher current and that means the
exact dimension of the air gap is quite
important. We'll have more to say
about this later.
Construction
All three inverters can be built using the same PC board which is coded
PARTS LIST
16W Version
1 PC board, code SC11103901,
99 x 45mm
1 L-shaped mounting bracket
(110mm in length)
1 TO-220 heatsink mounting kit
1 Siemens ETD29 transformer
bobbin, N27 core & clips
1 25-metre length 0.2mm ECW
1 5-metre length 0.25mm ECW
Semiconductors
2 MJE3055 NPN power
transistors
2 1N4002 200V 1A power
diodes
Capacitors
1 470µF 16VW PC electrolytic
1 0.47µF 63VW metallised
polyester (WIMA MKS, 5mm
lead spacing)
1 1000pF 600VAC
polypropylene (WIMA FKP 1)
Resistors (5%)
1 6Bon
;w
2 22Q 0.5W
Miscellaneous
Hookup wire, screws, nuts,
washers, solder, etc
Note: ECW = enamelled copper
wire
48
SILICON CHIP
DV
-
TO
FLUORESCENT
• ~ ~ - TUBE
Fig.2: all three versions of the inverter are built on the same PC board
but some of the component values are different, as are the transformer
winding details (see Fig.I). The completed board is mounted on an
L-shaped bracket which is used for heatsinking but note that Qt & Q2
must be electrically isolated from this heatsink as shown in Fig.4.
SCl 1103901 and measures 95 x
40mm.
When you buy or make the board
and before you commence construction, check it for breaks or shorts in
the tracks. If there are any, correct
them now.
The table in Fig.1 shows the values
for Rx and Cx for each model of the
inverter. It also indicates that
TIP3055s are used for the smallest
inverter while the more rugged
MJE3055s are used for the 20 watt
and 40 watt models.
After checking the board, you can
install the wire link, the resistors,
diodes and the capacitors. Make sure
that you have the electrolytic capacitor inserted correctly.
Winding the transformer
when you rattle or crumple them
them).
You can now begin winding the
second layer of another 100 turns,
after which you repeat the above process. Continue doing this until you
have wound fiv e layers of 100 turns,
making up the 500 turns of the secondary winding. Note that if you are
building the 16W version, only 400
turns are required.
Once you've completed the last of
the five windings, wind on five to six
layers of polypropylene foil to ensure
isolation.
Now for the primary and base windings. The primary winding (that is
the winding to the transistor collectors) contains two windings of six
turns which are tapped in the middle.
The gauge of the wire in this case depends on the inverter you are working on. For the 7-16W version, the
wire is 0.35mm and 0.5mm for the
other versions.
The base windings are two wind-
Before you continue any further
with the board, you should begin
winding the transformer. Fig.3 shows
where the windings should be terminated on the former, as well as giving
the correct number of
turns for each inverter.
Begin by winding on
100 turns of 0.2mm
enamelled copper wire
(or 0.25mm for the 40
watt inverter). This
should get you from one
side of the core to the
other. Now, using a small
brush, apply an even
coating of petroleum jelly
(Vaseline) to the winding.
Once this has been
applied, cover the winding with a layer or two of
polypropylene foil. A
This oscilloscope photograph shows the voltage
good source of this is
waveforms that can be expected from the
those freezer bags you
transformer. At top is the 200V p-p tube voltage
can buy from your local
while the bottom trace shows the 30V p-p
supermarket. (These bags
waveform which appears on the transistor
collectors. The frequency is 17kHz (approx).
are crinkly and noisy
y
X
B
rl-ol
Lr-r-r
,
2
31
A
0
0
0
O
h
ol
0
bifilar (ie, with two wires together)
but in this case bifilar winding has
not been used.
When all the windings are complete, the starts and finishes must be
cleaned of enamel, tinned and then
terminated to the various pins of the
bobbin. Before the wires are terminated, it is a good idea to fit some
sleeving over them.
Setting the air gap
I
C
1-2,2-3
A-B,B-C
X-Y
40W
2T, 0.35mm
ECW
20W
2T, 0.35mm
ECW
6T, 0.5mm
ECW
6T, 0.5mm
ECW
7-16W
ZT, 0.35mm
ECW
6T, 0.35mm
ECW
500T, 0.25mm
ECW
500T, 0.2mm
ECW
400T, 0.2mm
ECW
Fig.3: terminate the transformer
windings exactly as shown here.
The step-by-step winding details
are given in the text. Be sure to
use the correct gauge of wire &
number of turns on the
secondary for each version.
ings of two turns each, again tapped
in the middle. The wire gauge here is
0.35mm throughout.
Note that some inverter transformers have the primary windings wound
With the windings completed and
terminated, the two ferrite half-cores
can be placed into the bobbin and
held in place by the spring clips. Before the second core half is placed
though, the air gap needs to be set.
Actually, it is not an air gap but a
space between the two core halves,
set by a given thickness of insulating
material which may be paper or plastic.
For the 7-16W inverter, the gap is
0.1mm; for the Z0W and 40W models,
0.44mm. How do you obtain a suitable thickness of material for that gap?
If you have vernier caliper or micrometer, then it is simply a matter of
measuring some plastic sheeting or
paper and then folding it to give the
right thickness.
If you don't have one of these instruments, a single thickness of a page
PARTS LIST
20W Version
1 PC board, code SC11103901,
99 x 45mm
1 SOT-93 transistor heatsink
mounting kit
1 L-shaped mounting bracket
(110mm in length)
1 Siemens ETD29 transformer
bobbin, N27 core & clips
1 30-metre length 0.2mm ECW
1 1-metre length 0.5mm ECW
1 1-metre length 0.35mm ECW
Semiconductors
2 TIP3055 NPN transistors
2 1 N4002 200V 1A diodes
Capacitors
1 470µF 16VW PC electrolytic
1 0.47µF 63VW metallised
polyester (WIMA MKS, 5mm
lead spacing)
2 1000pF 600VAC
polypropylene (WIMA FKP 1)
Resistors (5%)
1 330.Q 1W
2 22.Q 0.5W
Miscellaneous
Hookup wire, screws, nuts,
washers, etc
Note: ECW = enamelled copper
wire
Below: the switching transistors are bolted to the L-shaped bracket to ensure
adequate cooling. This is the 16W version which uses MJE3055 transistors.
FEBRUARY1991
49
INSULATING
MICA
WASHER
-~jl
SCREW
r
~
----CASE
1
T0220
DEVICE
Fig.4: mounting details for the
switching transistors. Smear all
mating surfaces with heatsink
compound before bolting each
transistor to the heatsink, then
use your multimeter to confirm
that its metal tab is correctly
isolated.
of this magazine is close to .05mm. A
single page of a newspaper is close to
.08mm while standard 80gsm photocopier paper is 0.1mm. With a combination of these materials, you can
obtain the right thickness of material
for the transformer gap.
By the way, you can obtain a very
cheap plastic set of vernier calipers
for as littl e as $3.50. See your local
hardware store.
Now that you've completed the
transformer, you can ins ert it into
place on the PC board. Use the overlay diagram to make sure you have
connected it up correctly. Check again
for any solder splashes on the board
as it will not be possible to do this
after the two transistors have been
mounted on the heatsink.
Heatsink bracket
As you can see from the photos, the
prototypes had the two transistors
I.
' li.J
0
mounted on an L-shaped aluminium
bracket. The two transistors are insulated from the aluminium bracket
with mica washers, insulating bushes
and heatsink compound, as shown in
Fig.4.
The L-shaped bracket also has the
PC board mounted on it, as you can
see. Before you mount the transistors
on the bracket, solder them into position on the board; then, using four
mounting screws, spacers and nuts,
secure the board to the bracket.
Note that the 40W version of the
inverter needs an additional finned
heatsink mounted to the back of the
aluminium bracket. Use a larger
heatsink than the one shown in our
photos, as our prototype ran a little
too hot for our liking.
When the transistors are mounted,
switch your multimeter to the ohms
range and make sure that both transistors are correctly isolated from the
aluminium bracket. You should get
an open circuit if you _measure between the bracket and the transistor
tabs.
Ideally, the whole board and
bracket assembly should be mounted
inside a standard fluorescent light
fitting but before you do that, it's time
to check the circuit operation. You
will need a 12V power supply or battery capable of delivering sufficient
current to suit the inverter model.
When operating correctly, the inverters will draw the following currents:
7-16W
20W
40W
0.9A
1.4A
3.2A
When connecting the power supply to the inverter, make absolutely
sure you have the correct supply polarity. If you don't, you are liable to
00---.
•
OP-010
FLUORO
INVERTER
You can use this full-size pattern to etch your own PC board and to check your
finished board for possible defects.
50
SILICON CHIP
PARTS LIST
40W Version
1 PC board, code SC11103901 ,
99 x 45mm
1 SOT-93 transistor heatsink
mounting kit
1 L-shaped mounting bracket
(110mm in length)
1 single sided finned heatsink
(see text)
1 Siemens ETD29 transformer
bobbin, N27 core & clips
1 30-metre length 0.25mm ECW
1 1-metre length 0.5mm ECW
1 1-metre length 0.35mm ECW
Semiconductors
2 TIP3055 NPN transistors
2 1N4002 200V 1A diodes
Capacitors
1 470µF 16VW PC electrolytic
1 0.47µF 63VW metallised
polyester (WIMA MKS, 5mm
spacing)
2 1000pF 600VAC
polypropylene (WIMA FKP 1)
Resistors (5%)
1 120Q 1W
1 22Q 1W
2 22Q 0.5W
Miscellaneous
Hookup wire, washers, screws,
nuts, solder, etc.
Note: ECW = enamelled copper
wire
damage the transistors.
When you are connecting the fluorescent tube, you will find that it has
two pins at each end. These pins are
for the heater filaments which are not
used in this circuit. You can make the
connection at each end to either filament pin - it does not matter which.
When power is applied, the tube
should immediately light up and then
abruptly increase its brilliance after
about one or two seconds. There is no
flickering as with conventional
starter/ballast fluorescent lights.
Note that fluorescent tubes do not
reach their full brilliance when they
are first turned on. Depending on the
ambient temperature, they make take
10 minutes or longer to reach full
brilliance.
Even so, if you are a making a di-
BARGAIN PRICED LASER
A spacial purchase ol lllls tuba, which Is priced at a
fraction ol Its real value allows us ID offer Ibis mains
(240¥) powered KIT SPECIAL. Use 11 lor disco affects,
holography, axparlmanling, ale, ale.
Includes a la111a 2·3mW HE-NE tuba, translormar,
PCB, and all components, amins plug and lead plus
Illa mains switch: Everything except the case.
IMPORTANT: This product carries lethal voltages and
Is not for kids.
Strlctty during February
and Man:h, or until
stocks run out at this
unrepeatable price ol:
ONLY $249.90 !! The price even
includes Certified P&P. Don't
tell your friends because you
could miss out yourself!
This view shows the 20W version of the inverter. Note the mica washers &
insulating bushes used to isolate the switching transistors from the L-shaped
aluminium bracket (see also Fig.4). The completed converter should be compact
enough to mount in a standard fluorescent light fitting.
LASER SCANNER DRIVER KIT
This PCB and all romponents kit can be driven using
an audio source or an electret microphone, to produce magnificent visual displays which are synchronised to music.
Drives speakers with mirrors attached, or professional X-Y scanner. Makes provision possible driving from a romputer (with rorrect software). The kit
includes the PCB, all onboard components, battery
holde, external potentiometer, and even an electret
microphone for
ONLY $20.00
Professional X-Y scanner: $220
Small front surfaced aluminium
mirrors: $9.00ea
(These are to attach to the front
of speakers)
SEE IN THE DARK!
A large finned heatsink (preferably slightly larger than the one shown here)
should be fitted to the 40W version to stop the switching transistors from
overheating. Although rated for driving 40W tubes, this version can also be
used with the 36W slimline tubes, while the 20W version above can be used
with 18W slimline tubes.
rect comparison between a fluorescent tube powered by one of these
inverters and an identical tube powered from a conventional mains fitting, you will find the brilliance of
the inverter-powered tube slightly
down. This is normal and is the compromise we came to for best efficiency.
If you find that your inverter-powered lamp is not as bright as it should
be and the inverter is drawing less
current than it should be, it is likely
that the transformer gap is not correct. Increasing the air gap by adding
another thickness of paper should
increase the brightness and the current drain. However, the current drain
should not be appreciably higher than
the values we show above, otherwise
the inverter transistors will rapidly
overheat.
When normal operation is confirmed, you can mount the inverter
inside a standard fluorescent light
fitting and the job is finished. Finally,
you can use the n ewer slimline tubes
with these inverters. The 20W inverter
will happily driv e an 18W slimline
tube while the 40W job will drive a
36W slimline tube.
sc
with our INFRA RED NIGHT VIEWER at a
SPECIAL price of ONLY $349.00
Only while stocks last, .
. .• .
and during March and
April only we will include a high quality
round IR filter which is
3mm thick and has a
diameterof75mm. Can
be easily cut down to
suit your torch
We have good stock of the 6032A tubes. This is your
opportunity to build your own night viewer. A product which commercially usually costs 1000's of dollars at a fraction of the price. We supply the electronic kit, a 6032A Image Intensifier tube, and the
case components.
The 6032A iubes are BRAND NEW and pertorm well wi1h a
good infra red torch. Torch and Lenses are not supplied
I
VISA
I
OATLEY ELECTRONICS
PO BOX 89, OATLEY, NSW 2223
Telephone:
Fax No:
(02) 579 4985
(02) 570 7910
Certified p&p $4-$6 Aust. NZ add $2
Melbourne Distributor - Electronics World
(03) 723 3860 or (03) 723 3094
FEBRUARY1991
51
AL TRON/CS
ELECTRONICS
COMPONENTS
YOURS FREE with
this month's Silicon Chip and CATALOGUE
Electronics Australia Magazines
1991
OR
Send $1 to cover P&P to: AL TRON I CS MAIL ORDER, PO Box 8350, Perth Stirling Street, Perth WA 6849
Our 1991 Catalogue has even more fantastic new products and greater value than
last year's. And we still offer the technical help that only a staff of electronics
enthusiasts like yourself is able to give. Of course, in addition to this we have our
FAMOUS OVERNIGHT DELIVERY Australia wide and Bankcard phone order
service to 6pm Monday to Friday. All on our quality products at DIRECT IMPORT
PRICES that enables YOU TO SAVE UP TO 50% off competitors' prices.
JUST TO SHOW YOU THAT WE MEAN BUSINESS
We have all these great products illustrated here at never to be repeated prices. But
be quick, these prices are for current stocks only - definitely no backorders at
these rates.
FERRO FLUID DOME TWEETER
World Famous VIFA Bargains
100mm 90 Watta
C 3012 Normally
$211.50 NCh
VIFA D 19TD-05-08 TWEETER
19mm dome tweeter with polymer
diaphragm. This dome twe~ter is
VIFA'a biggest selling driver.
Now
MINI SPEAKER
31/,."
8 Ohm 3 watt
C 0612 JUST
10 UP $3
$4
125mm (5" )
C 3150 WAS $55 THIS MONTH
$15.00
SAVE
$14.50
BUY FOUR
FOR $50.00
$39.00
VIFA C13WG-08-08 WOOFER
5" sandwich coated woofer with rubber
surround. High performance driver
which can be used in 3 way, 15 litre
bass reflex or sealed enclosures.
From leas than half
price!
Dual Z 4/8 Ohm 3
Watt RMS.
C 0618 $6
10 UP $5
Supplied
complete with
AC Mains
Adaptor
A 0210
Normr!Y. $199
Save 50
only$149
125mm (5") 15 Watt
High efficiency dual cone quality
driver. Excellent midrange "presence".
Roll edge cone suspension. Used with
the Redford weatherproof sound
column range. Ideal HI FI Extension
Speaker.
C 0632 18 Ohm S ~
Now$10
$19 PER PAIR
C311o,■ $65
PLASMA
LAMP
DISPLAY
be quick
Plezo Ceramic Speakers
USE WITH SPEAKER SYSTEMS TO 150W RMS
;>.({iJ!fff, " .,;;_.
ROUND TWEETER
,-.,.:-,:,;_~
~
, "'
•S:f;t{{:!ffe/k\
~~
95.3mm Diam. Suitable for Hi Fi
~~~~~~~
A.._ 3K to 40kHz
f~
C 8100 $~NOW $10
RECTANGULAR HI FI-PA PIEZO
144.8 x 84mm. Speaker - suitable for HI
Fi and Sound Reinforcement. Full 90
deg . horizontal dispersion angle. F19q.
Ree. 3K to 40kHz Bene. 110dB • 2.8V.
TELEPHONE
EXTENSION
CORD
C 8120 S,,., NOW $10
A very handy 5
metre length.
Superb lightweight HI FI stereo
headphones. Super comfortable foam
ear muffs. 29mm semarlum cobalt
speakers.
HIGH PERFORMANCE MINI
HEADPHONES
POt91$r
$7.00
C9002S~
C.B. POWER
MICROPHONE
For professional 2 Way
radios on aircraft, boats,
vehicles and also
industrial PA syatems.
_c 033a s,..S $20
\
.
STEREO AUDIO MIXER
This brilliant little mixing console is
absolutely packed with features. Allows
blending of microphones, two phono
Inputs and either two tape or tuner
Inputs. • Right and left VU meters. •
Separate baaa and treble controls. • 5
slide level controls. • Fader control
between phono plckups for
profeaalonal cueing. • Headphone
monitor switch. • Talkover facility.
240V Maine Operated
A2550 u-1160
quency
e er
UNBELIEVABLE VAL
K 2515 WAS $299
NOW $ 249
SAVE $50
(See Silicon Chip Nov '87, Jan '88)
This superb 1GHz Frequency Meter will out perform
many other instruments twice its price.
FHlulff Include: • Professionally machined and screen-printed red perspex
front panel • Easy to assemble • Bright Hewlett Packard 8 digit display •
Electronic switch latching • High performance IC's • High Quality
components. Speclfleatlono: Operational Modes: Period frequency to 100MHz
freq . to 1GHz freq. Range: 100Hz to 1GHz (1 .7GHz typical) in frequency mode;
10Hz to 2.5MHz (5MHz typical) in period mode. Gating times: 0.01, 0.1, 1.0 and
10 seconds (10MHz and 100MHz ranges): 0.128, 1.28, 12.8 and 128 seconds
(1GHz range).
··
You can use this
=~~:r:r;\~~
f.1~/~t~i'l'ited
information system. Each
unit contains a Telecom
approved modem and
information decoding circuits.
The single PCB is a goldmine of quality components for the
enthusiast, including the fantastic valuable SAA 50.!0 and SAA 5050 chips.
~ k8J
:ir. :rJ>J:EW
nt
rtsl
(See ETI April '80)
Invaluable for
testing all your
audio projects.
• 250 milli watts
output into 4 Ohms
• Runs off single 9V
supply • Can give
0.5 watts when run
on 12V + heatsink •
Complete kit housed
in "ABS" jiffy box .
VIATEL VIDEOTEX MODEM DECODER
Three models to choose from; Each with a numeric keypad.
TWIN RANGE LED TACHO
(See ETI Aug '80)
0-1000 RPM/ O/ 10,000 RPM
This unit is suitable for 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and
8 cylinder vehicles, both 2 stroke and 4
stroke. Fully compatible with
conventional COi and transistorized
iqnition systems. Includes protection
circuitry to prevent noise and high
voltage spikes over-revving occurs.
Only requires 3 connections to the
electrical system .
s.)rl'o $20
X 1000 with RF output $~5 $25
X 1002 with RF o/p & telephone handnt $ ~ $29
X 1004 with RF and RGB video o/p
PIN POINT ULTRASONIC
CLEANER
K 4324 Normally $32.
DC ELECTRONIC FU
value at only $20 . SAVE $12.
(See EA Nov
'87)
Calling all
servicemen
and bench
technicians
This unit
simply clips
across the DC
Fuse holder.
Olfers
protection
adjustable
from 0-10A in
two ranges. In
essence it's an
adjustable DC
circuit
breaker.
BONANZA NI-CAD
SALE!
Premium Grade - Good tor up
to 1000 rechargell
Charge rates:
45-50mA for AA, 20mA for AAA, 1015mA for 9V 120mA
Will even clean your teethl
Earns its cost hundreds of times over
in cleaninjj connectors, PCB's,
switches, Jewellery, glasses, watches,
drafting pens, etc. Awarded the
Good Product Design Award for
CETOC in 1987.
FHtureo: Fast blow - slow blow setting .
K 2535 Normal Price 11 $39.50
Thll Month $34.50
THIS MONTH
Cat No.
S
S
S
S
5020
5021
5022
5023
1-9
AA 1.2V 500mAh
$2.50
AAA 1.2V 180mAh $3.50
C 1.2V 1.8Ah
$8.00
D 1.2V Massive 4Ah $12.00
10+
$2.00
$2,90
$7.00
$10.00
TRANSISTOR TESTER
(See EA Aug '83)
Checks transistor in circuit
"NO NEED TO UNSOLDER
SUSPECT TRANSISTORS"
Feature, :
• Tests both NPN
and PNP
transistors in
circuit at the
touch of a switch .
• Tests Diodes
and SCRs as
well . • No need
to switch
between NPN
and PNP - its
automatic . • LED
indication to
show condition
of device.
LOW COST RESETTABLE
CIRCUIT BREAKER
• WIii hold 100% of rated current
Indefinitely at 25° C. • Will trip within 1
hour at 125% of load at 25° C. • WIii
trip within 4-40 seconds at 200% rated
load.
.
8
8
8
8
5503
5505
5510
5515
S 5520
S 5525
3 Amp
5 Amp
10 Amp
15 Amp
20 Amp
25 Amp
~ $29
BATTERY OPERATED
PORTABLE P.I.R.
INTRUSION ALARM
Ward off thieves and intruders at home
and when travelling.
Thi• month even more fanta1tlc
Manual reset button. LED fuse tripped
Indicator. Operates off 1 single 9V
battery (not supplied). Two current
settings easily adjustable via a pot and
calibrated scale.
Sorry no warranty at this price.
• Mains Transformer - =
/ 1~4V 300ma • Line isolation Transformer Telecom approved 600/600 Ohm or 600/ 150 Ohm impedance• Video/RF
Modulator (Channel 0) • Low profile 12V 5A SPOT Relay• Capacitor - 2.0uF
440V AC • Crystals • 6MHz and 4.43MHz • TTL, CMOS, Liniar and LSI ICs SAA 5020, SAA 5050, 2516 and many more• Voltage regulators• Bridge
rectifiers • Trimpots and capacitors • Filter capacitors • Flatpack heatsink 1
Plus much, much more!
BENCH
AMPLIFIER
K 2105
Altronics has recently
purchased this quality stock
auctioned by the liquidator
of DTX Australia LTD.
This super
handy, go
anywhere
P.1.R. alarm
system is
great for
shop, office,
caravan, boat,
garage and
whenever you
are travelling.
Extremely
.___
Hlf to /nIte//.
'
•
A 0100 Top Value Normally $199
FEATURES:
./
• Exit delay • Entry delay • Large
coverage - up to 100 square metres •
Low battery LED ind icator• 9V
Alkaline battery (not supplied) lasts
many months.
ONLY $149 thl1 month
S5305"9'$49
THE PROTECTOR ALARM KIT
(See SC Feb '88)
This relined car burglar alarm has
about every feature you could possibly
want to keep would-be thieves away.
Fealulff: Internal and External Sirens.
Dash Lamp Flasher. Battery back-up.
Delayed and Non-delayed inputs. Easy
to build and install.
K 4370 W■1 $129
$119
Now a GrHt Speclal at
BCNUS OFFER
We will include a aet of 4 Car Alarm
WARNING stickers ($3.95 value)
ABSOLUTELY FREE with every Car
Alarm Kit ordered this month .
SUPER GUARD
HOUSEHOLD ALARM
SYSTEM
• Easy to operate Simplicity
itself - Just select the switch
ALL $3 Heh.
~~~~~eAO:J ~c~~~y as
..
exlVentry delay allows you
to vacate and/or re-renter
your premises and disarm
ew updated
ircult
corporates
cllltles for
sting
ransistors FET's
nd Zeners etc.
EATURES:
Gain•
~=~=x~;n
oltages • Zener
ltage •
larlt -
~o~~
~.,:it~h::~;
~~bons to
push .
Thus the system is ideal for families e9en the kids can operate this system. •
Facility for external siren.• Battery backup (battery 8 'C' cells not Included)
Syatem Contente:
• Master Control unit • Front Door Bell
Switch • Panic/Emergency Switch
• Three Window/Door Reed Switches
• Mounting Hardware • 20 Metres Wire
• Instruction Manual.
Compl
Build this low-cost
sinewave oscillator
This small PC board allows you to build a
low distortion sinewave oscillator using only
junkbox bits. It runs off a 12V plug pack,
gives a low-impedance output signal of up to
6V p-p and costs peanuts to build!
By DARREN YATES
Sinewaves are as fundamental to
electronics as resistors and ICs, but
unless you're willing to pay big bucks
for the generators currently available,
professional low distortion sinewave
gear is out of reach for most of us.
However, it's only on very rare occasions that you need the wide frequency selection from DC to daylight
that these expensive boxes provide.
For example, when you see an operational amplifier quoted in some
databook, they'll quote a distortion
figure at some particular frequency,
usually lkHz. Most power amplifiers
that you buy or see described in magazines, usually provide distortion
measurements at selected frequencies.
Often, these include lO0Hz, lkHz and
lOkHz.
To fill in this present gap, we've
designed this project for low distortion (.015% or better), low cost (about
$15-$20), and the ability to run from
This is the 10kHz version of the sinewave oscillator but versions for other
frequencies look exactly the same (only a few component values are changed).
Take care with component orientation when installing the parts on the board.
54
SILICON CHIP
a standard 12VDC plug pack. We've
also given you the choice of three
very common frequencies: lO0Hz,
lkHz or lOkHz.
Circuit theory
So, how do we go about making
low distortion sinewaves? Well, in
the end, there are two ways of doing
this. You can either start out by making the best oscillator money can buy
or you can start with a so-so one and
improve the signal coming out of it.
We chose the second option because it was easier to do, and a lot
cheaper into the bargain! Block diagram Fig.1 shows how it is done.
First of all, we start off with a Wien
bridge oscillator, which is one of the
oldest circuits around, and then we
take the output signal from that and
run it through a fairly brutal low-pass
filter.
This removes a large amount of the
unwanted multiples of the fundamental frequency or "harmonics" which
make up what we call "distortion". It
does this by increasingly attenuating
higher frequencies but allowing the
frequency of interest to pass through.
These higher frequencies are knocked
off at the rate of 24dB/octave. This
means that if we started with a lkHz
signal, then the 2kHz harmonic present at the output will be about 24dB
below or about 1116th the amplitude
of the lkHz signal. The 4kHz harmonic would be 48dB below or
11250th the amplitude of the lkHz
signal, and so on.
The result is a dramatic improvement in distortion. For example, if
we start with a sinewave that has
about 0.5% distortion, we would end
up with a sinewave that has only .01 %
distortion after filtering - and improvement of 50 times!
The circuit
The circuit diagram is shown in
Fig.2. It only requires an LF347N quad
--
WIEN BRIDGE
OSCILLATOR
4TH ORDER
BUTTERWORTH
LOW-PASS FILTER
LOW DISTORTION
i----- SINEWAVE
OUTPUT
Fig.1: block diagram of the sinewave oscillator. It consists of a
modified Wien bridge oscillator driving a 4th order Butterworth
low-pass filter. The low pass filter atlenuates harmonics above the
wanted frequency at the rate of 24dB/octave & this drastically
reduces the distortion.
op amp , a couple of signal diodes and
a few passive components. You will
probably already have some of or all
of these components lying around in
your spare parts bin or junkbox.
ICla & IClb form the Wien bridge
oscillator while IClc & ICld form the
4th order low-pass Butterworth filt er.
This 4th order filter actually consists
of two 2nd order filt er sections connected together. Butterworth filters
are easy to calculate and have the
advantage of having a flat respons e
across the passband.
You will notice that there are several components on the circuit that
have no specific values. If you look at
Table 1, these components have different values, depending on the frequency you want. When assembling
the unit, you simply go to the frequency you want and read off the
corresponding component value.
Looking at the circuit, ICla and
IClb form an unusual Wien bridge in
that resistor RZ is not returned to
ground as in conventional designs,
but forms part of the unity-gain inverting amplifier formed by IClb. This
provides gain compensation and
helps stablise the output amplitude.
Diodes Dl and DZ also do this job
but because they are non-linear in
their response, the more they interfere with the signal, the more distortion they produce. Most designs use a
thermistor or small 12V light globes
for this job. We chose the diodes because suitable thermistors can be
expensive and hard to get while lamps
require extra current and , because of
their slow repsonse, take some time
to reach their final resistance. This
results in a sinewave which has a
fairly long settling time, particularly
at low frequencies.
The diodes speed up this process
and because of the high value of resistor R6 (470kQ to 1.ZMQ) in series,
they only have minimal affect on signal distortion.
The gain of ICla is set by resistors
R4, R5 & R7. Resistor R7 sets the gain
of ICla just enough for the oscillator
to start. If we have too much gain, the
oscillator starts OK but introduces
heaps of distortion; if we don't have
enough gain , then it won't start at all!
The Wien bridge itself is formed by
components Rl, RZ, Cl & CZ. The
frequency of the sinewave pro duced
is:
F = 1 /( 21tR1C1) .
The sinewave produced at the output of ICla [pin 1) will have a total
harmonic distortion of about 0.5% to
1 % - which is certainly nothing to
write home about.
Low-pass filter
The signal from pin 1 ofICla is DCcoupled to the first stage of the filter
formed by ICld and its associated
components. This section has a 3dB
cutoff frequency set to the frequency
of interest - whether it be 100Hz, lkHz
or 10kHz - by selecting the correct
components from Table 1.
This leaves us with a problem,
though. To get maximum effect from
the filters, we need to set their cutoff
frequency at our frequency of inter-
470 U
R2
OUTPUT
LINK
SEE TEXT
R3
100k
.,.
+12V
01
220k
220k-:-
2x1N914
10
16VW I
100k
.,..
02
16VW!
+12V
0.1
0.1
u - - -- -,__--e-_ __ _ _,__~ov
":'
SPOT FREQUENCY SINEWAVE GENERATOR
Fig.2: the final circuit is based on a single LF347 quad op amp package. ICla & IClb form the Wien
bridge oscillator, while IClc & ICld together make up the 4th order Butterworth filter. Note that some
of the resistor & capacitor values are selected to give the desired frequency.
FEBRUARY1991
55
your application. If you wish, you
can replace the wire link at the output with a 22µF 16VW electrolytic
capacitor to provide DC isolation.
You can also reduce the output signal amplitude by changing the 4700
and 10okn output resistors with a
potential divider of your own. For
example, with two lkQ resistors , the
output would be reduced to half.
Power supply
est. But this results in about 3dB attenuation of the signal. By the time it
has gone through both sections, we
would then get 6dB attenuation. In
other words, the signal is reduced to
half its original amplitude.
To overcome this, we give each
section a gain of roughly 3dB (or 1.42),
so in the end, the filters have unity
gain at the frequency we want.
By the time the signal comes out of
ICld, its distortion is of the order of
.05% to 0.1 % - an improvement, but
we can still go better than that!
In giving the filters extra gain, we
are also amplifying the harmonics,
but since they are still being attenuated at the rate of 24dB/octave, the
relative amplitude of the wanted frequency to those we don't want remains unchanged. In other words, it
doesn't make the distortion worse.
The final signal is taken from the
output of IClc (pin 8) where the distortion has now dropped to around
.015% for the 100Hz and lkHz versions, and to about .005% for the
10kHz version.
We have set the output impedance
of the circuit at 4 70Q with the resistor at the output but you can increase
this to 600Q or any other value to suit
Table 1: Component Values
A1}-
100Hz
1kHz
10kHz
Resistors
56
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
R11
R12
R13
15kQ
100kQ
10kn
470kQ
330Q
18kQ
27kQ
560kQ
18kQ
27kQ
560kQ
1.2MQ
4.7kQ
1.8kQ
3.3kQ
47kQ
1.8kQ
3.3kQ
47kQ
820kQ
470Q
470Q
470Q
5.6kQ
1.5kQ
2.7kQ
5.6kQ
Capacitors
C1
C2
C3
0.1µF
0.1µF
0.1µF
.0015µF
.0015µF
0.1µF
.001 5µF
.0015µF
.015µF
SILICON CHIP
Power is provided by a 12V DC
plugpack which drives a 7812 3-pin
12V regulator. Even though this regulator requires a couple of volts of
headroom to operate correctly, typical 12V DC plugpacks provide about
16-17V DC when lightly loaded and
and so will work perfectly well with
this circuit. Extra decoupling and filtering of the power supply is provided by the 100µF and 470µF electrolytics, as well as O. lµF greencaps.
Construction
All components for the oscillator
are mounted on a PC board which is
coded SC04102911 and measures 104
x 57mm. This can also be housed in a
standard zippy box, measuring 130 x
68 x 41mm. As there are no controls
to mount on the front panel, it is a
simple case of drilling two holes, say
for an RCA socket for the output signal and a DC socket for the power
supply.
Before you start assembly, check
the board carefully for breaks or shorts
in the tracks. If there are any, it's best
to correct them now.
Once you're happy that everything
is OK, take a look at the wiring diagram. This shows you where each
component fits into place.
Begin by installing the wire links
and the resistors. Some of the colour
bars on the resistors may be difficult
to distinguish, in which case, use your
multimeter to make sure of the correct value. Again, make sure that you
have the correct resistors and capacitors for the selected frequency from
Table 1.
Now install the diodes. It's best to
do this now while the flat components only are on the board, otherwise they become difficult to put in.
It doesn't matter which way round
you put the two diodes in, as long as
they face in opposite directions. We
suggest that you put them in as shown
on the wiring diagram.
PARTS LIST
1 PC board, code SC04102911,
105 x 57mm
1 12VOC plug pack
4 PC stakes
Semiconductors
1 LF347N quad FET-input op
amp (IC1)
1 7812 +12V regulator
2 1N914 signal diodes (01, 02)
0
SC04102911
Fig.4: compare your PC board against this full-size artwork before installing
any of the parts.
Next, solder in the PC stakes. You
may need to hammer these in, depending on the type of pins you get,
or you can enlarge the holes using an
appropriate drill.
The capacitors can now be installed. Make sure you get the polarity of
the electrolytics correct, particularly
those in the power supply, otherwise
they could quite easily pop.
All that should be left is the two
ICs. Solder in the 7812 regulator first
and then the LF34 7.
Testing
Now check over the board again
and compare it to the wiring diagram.
When you're sure the board is correct, you can hook up the power sup-
CAPACITOR CODES
0
0
0
0
Value
IEC Code
100n
0.1µF
.015µF 15n
.0015µF 1n5
EIA Code
104
153
152
ply. When you do so, put your multimeter, switched to a DC milliamps
range, in series with the power supply and the circuit. The current drain
sho uld be no more than about 20mA.
If you get more than this, then it is
possible you have a short circuit
somewhere.
If you have a CRO, monitor the
output and check that you get a stable
sinewave at the frequency you selected. If you don't have a CRO, just
connect it up to an audio amplifier
(turn the volume control down first).
If you hear a tone when you turn the
volume up, it's a good bet that the
circuit is working correctly.
If you don 't get any signal, first
check that there is 12V at the output
of the regulator. If that's OK, check
that it appears across pins 4 and 11 of
IC1. If the voltage is there, try touching both sides of the diodes with your
finger. If the signal appears and then
dies away when you remove your
finger, then it is probably due to the
fact that IC1a doesn't have enough
gain to keep oscillating. To fix this ,
Capacitors
1 470µF 25VW PC electrolytic
1 100µF 25VW PC electrolytic
3 10µF 25VW PC electrolytic
4 0.1 µF metallised polyester
(greencaps)
4 .0015µF metallised polyester
Resistors (0.25W, 5%)
1 1.2MQ
1 4.7kQ
2 220kQ
2 3.3kQ
10 100kQ
2 1.8kQ
2 47kQ
1 470Q
Miscellaneous
Solder, hookup wire etc
Note: This parts list is for the 1kHz
version . Other versions will
require different resistor &
capacitor values - see Table 1.
change R7 to the next highest standard value; ie, if it was 330Q, make it
390Q instead.
Once the circuit is working, you
may like to house it in a zippy box to
keep the dust and bugs away from it.
For those who may have access to the
necessary equations, you may like to
try to work out other frequencies as
you need them. The LF347N should
be capable of producing a clean sinewave at well above 20kHz.
SC
RESISTOR CODES
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
No
Value
4-Band Code (5%)
5-Band Code (1%)
1
2
10
2
1
2
2
1.2MQ
220kQ
100kQ
47kQ
4.7kQ
3.3kQ
1.8kQ
470Q
brown red green gold
red red yellow gold
brown black yellow gold
yellow violet orange gold
yellow violet red gold
orang~ orange red gold
brown grey red gold
yellow violet brown gold
brown red black yellow brown
red red black orange brown
brown black black orange brown
yellow violet black red brown
yellow violet black brown brown
orange orange black brown brown
brown grey black brown brown
yellow violet black black brown
1
FEBRUARY 1991
57
May 1988: Optical Tachometer For Aeromodellers; High Energy Ignition For Cars; Ultrasonic Car Burglar Alarm; Walkaround Throttle
For Model Railroads, Pt.2; Designing & Build·
ing RF Atten uators; Motorola MC3334P High
Energy Ignition IC Data.
October 1988: Stereo FM Transmitter (Uses
Rohm BA1404); High Performance FM Antenna; Matchbox Crystal Set; Electro nic House
Number; Converting A CB Rad io To The 28MHz
Band; Queensland's Powerful Electric Locomotives.
July 1988: Stereo Control Preamplifier, Pt.2;
Fitting A Fuel Cut-Off Solenoid ; Booster For
TV & FM Signals; The Discolight Light Show,
Pt.1; Tone Burst Source For Amplifier Head·
room Testing; What Is Negative Feedback,
Pt.3 ; Ameren MA-1200 Power Amplifier Review; Amplifier Headroom· Is It A Con?
November 1988: 120W PA Amplifier Module
(Uses Mosfets); Poor Man's Plasma Display;
Automotive Night Safety Light; Adding A Headset To The Speakerphone; How To Quieten
The Fan In Your Computer; Screws & Screwdrivers, What You Need To Know; Diesel Electric Locomotives .
August 1988: Building A Plasma Display; Unive rsal Power Supply Board; Remote Chime/
Doorbell ; High Performance AC Mil livoltmeter,
Pt.1; Discolight Light Show, Pt.2; Getting The
Most Out Of Nicad Batteries ; Data On Insulated Tab Triacs.
December 1988: 120W PA Amplifier (With
Balanced Inputs), Pt.1; Diesel Sound Generator; Car Antenna/Demister Adaptor; SSB Adaptor For Shortwave Receivers; Electronics &
Holden's New V6 Engine; Why Diesel Electrics Ki lled Off Steam ; Index to Volume 1.
September 1988: Hands-Free Speakerphone;
Electronic Fish Bite Detector; High Perform·
ance AC Millivoltmeter, Pt.2; Vader Voice;
Motorola MC34018 Speakerphone IC Data;
National Semiconductor LM12 150W Op Amp
Data & Applications; What Is Negative Feedback, Pt.4.
January 1989: Line Filter For Computers; Ultrasonic Proximity Detector For Cars; Simple
Computer Sound Repeater; 120W PA Amplifier (With Balanced Inputs) Pt.1; How To Service Car Cassette Players; Massive Diesel Electrics In The USA; Marantz LD50 Loudspeakers .
February 1989: Transistor Beta Tester; Minstrel 2-30 Loudspeaker System; LED Flasher
For Model Railways (uses LM3909); Build A
Simple VHF FM Monitor (uses MC3362), Pt.1;
Lightning & Electronic Appliances; Using Comparators to Detect & Measure .
March 1989: LED Message Board, Pt.1; 32·
Band Graphic Equaliser, Pt.1; Stereo Com pressor For CD Players; Map Reader For Trip
Calculations ; Amateur VHF FM Monitor, Pt.2;
Signetics NE572 Compandor IC Data; Electronics For Everyone - Resistors.
April 1989: Auxiliary Brake Light Flasher; Electronics For Everyone: What You Need to Know
About Capacitors ; Telephone Bell Monitor/
Transmitter; 32-Band Graphic Equaliser, Pt.2;
LED Message Board , Pt.2.
May 1989: Electronic Pools/Lotto Selector;
Synthesi sed Tom -Tom; Biofeedback Monitor
For Your PC; Simple Stub Fi lter For Suppress-
Use this handy form to order your back copies
,---------------------------------Please send me a back issue for:
O September 1988 0 October 1988
O February 1989
o March 1989
o July 1989
o August 1989
O December 1989
0 January 1990
O May 1990
o June 1990
O October 1990
0 November 1990
O May 1988
O November 1988
O April 1989
o September 1989
O February 1990
O July 1990
0 December 1990
0 July 1988
0 December 1988
0 May 1989
o October 1989
0 March 1990
0 August 1990
O January 1991
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $_ _ ____or please debit my:
0 Bankcard
Card No.
$5.00 each (includes p&p). Overseas orders add $1 each for postage. NZ orders are sent air mail.
Signature _ _ _ _ __ __ __ _ __ Card expiry date_ _
/_ _
Name _ _ _ __ __ __ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ __ _
Street _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ __ __
Suburb/town-~- -- -- - - - - - - - -- Postcode _____ _
58
--7
0 August 1988
0 January 1989
0 June 1989
O November 1989
O April 1990
O September 1990
SILICON CHIP
0 Visa Card
0 Master Card
Detach and mall to:
SILICON CHIP PUBLICATIONS
PO BOX 139
COLLAROY BEACH NSW 2097
Or call (02) 979 5644 & quote your
credit card details. Fax (02) 979
6503
x
I
I
~-,--,
.,J,-1.
'
.
..
;~
..
ing TV Interference; LED Message Board , Pt.3 ;
Electronics for Everyone - All About Electrolytic Capacitors.
June 1989: Touch-Lamp Dimmer (uses
Siemens SLB0586) ; Passive Loop Antenna
For AM Radios ; Universal Temperature Contro ller; Understanding CRO Probes; LED Message Board , Pt.3 ; Coherent CW - A New Low
Power Transmission Technique.
July 1989: Exhaust Gas Monitor (Uses
TGS812 Gas Sensor); Extension For The
Touch-Lamp Dimmer; Experimental Mains Hum
Sniffers ; Compact Ultrasonic Car Alarm ; NSW
86 Class Electrics; Facts On The PhaxSwitch Sharing Your Phone Line With A Fax Machine.
August 1989: Build A Baby Tower AT Computer; Studio Series 20-Band Stereo Equaliser, Pt.1; Garbage Rem inder - A 7-day Programmable Timer; Introduction To Stepper
Motors ; GaAsFet Preamplifier For The 2-Metre
Band ; Modern 3-Phase Electric Locomotives.
September 1989: 2-Chip Portable AM Stereo
Rad io (Uses MC13024 and TX7376P) Pt.1;
Alarm-Triggered Telephone Dialler; High Or
Low Fluid Level Detector (uses LM1830N);
Simple DTMF Encoder (uses Texas TMC5089);
Studio Series 20-Band Stereo Equaliser, Pt.2 ;
Auto-Zero Module for Aud io Amplifiers (Uses
LMC669); A Guide To Hard Disc Drives.
October 1989: Introducing Remote Control;
FM Rad io Intercom For Motorbikes (Uses
BA1404 And TDA?000) Pt.1 ; GaAsFet Preamplifier For Amateur TV ; 1Mb Printer Buffer; 2Chip Portable AM Stereo Radio, Pt.2 ; Installing A Hard Disc In Th e PC; A Look At Australian Monorails.
November 1989: Radfax Decoder For Yo ur
PC (Displays Fax , RTTY and Morse) ; Super
Sensitive FM Bug; Build A Low Cost Analog
Multi meter; FM Radio Intercom For Motorbikes,
Pt.2; 2-Chip Portable AM Stereo Radio, Pt.3;
Floppy Disc Drive Formats & Options ; The
Pilbara Iron Ore Railways .
December 1989: Digital Voice Board (Records Up To Four Separate Messages , Uses
Texas TMS3477NL and 256K RAMs); UHF
Remote Switch; Balanced Input & Output
Stages ; National Semiconductor LM831 Low
Vo ltage Amplifier IC Data; Install A Clock Card
In Your PC ; Index to Volume 2 (Jan-Dec 1989).
January 1990: Service Tips For Your VCR ;
Speeding Up Your PC; Phone Patch For Radio Amateurs; High Quality Sine/Square Oscillator; Active Antenna Kit ; The Latest On High
Definition TV ; Speed Controller For Ceiling
Fans ; Designing UHF Transmitter Stages.
February 1990: 16-Channel Mixing Desk ; High
Qu ality Aud io Oscillator, Pt.2 ; The Incredible
Hot Canaries ; Random Wire Antenna Tuner
For 6 Metres; Phone Patch For Radio Amateurs, Pt.2; PC Program Calculates Great Circle
Bearings .
March 1990: 6/12V Charger For Sealed LeadAcid Batteries ; Delay Unit For Automatic Antennas; Workout Timer For Aerobics Classes;
16-Channel Mixing Desk, Pt.2 ; Using The
UC3906 SLA Battery Charger IC; Digital Waveform Generation Using a PC ; The Controls On
A Model Aircraft.
Apri l 1990: Dual Tracking ±50V Power Suppl y; VOX With Delayed Audio ; Relative Field
Strength Meter: 16-Channel Mixing Desk, Pt.3 ;
Simple Service Tips For Your Microwave Oven ;
Model Aircraft Aerodynamics; Active CW Filter
For Weak Signal Reception.
May 1990: Build A 4-Digit Capacitance Meter ;
High Energy Ignition For Cars With Reluctor
Distributors ; The Mazzie CW Transceiver ;
Waveform Generation Using A PC , Pt.3 ; 16Channel Mixing Desk, Pt.4; What To Do When
Your Computer Goes Bung , Pt.1; Electronic
Load For Checking Power Supplies.
June 1990: Multi-Sector Home Burglar Alarm;
Low-Noise Universal Stereo Preamplifier; Load
Protection Switch For Power Supplies; A Speed
Alarm For Your Car; Design Factors For Model
Aircraft; Fitting A Fax Card To Your Computer;
What To Do When Your Computer Goes Bung ,
Pt.2.
July 1990: Digital Sine/Square Generator, Pt.1
(Covers 0-500kHz) ; Burglar Alarm Keypad &
Combination Lock; Simple Electronic Die ; LowCost Dual Power Supply; Inside A Coal Burning Power Station; What To Do When Your
Computer Goes Bung , Pt.3 ; Digital Waveform
Generation Using A Computer, Pt.4.
August 1990: Hig h Stability UHF Remote
Transmitter; Universal Safety Timer For Appl iances ; Horace The Electronic Cricket; Digital
Sine/Square Wave Generator, Pt .2; The Tube
Vs. The Microchip (Two Shortwave Receive rs
Compared); What To Do When Your Computer Goes Bung , Pt.4.
September 1990: Music On Hold For You r
Telephone; Remote Control Extender For
VCRs; Power Supply For Burg lar Alarms ; LowCost 3-Digit Counter Module; Voice Mail For
Your Computer; Simple Shortwave Converter
For The 2-Metre Band ; How To Make Dynamark Labels.
October 1990: Low-Cost Siren For Burglar
Alarms ; Dimming Controls For The Discolight;
Surfsound Simulator; DC Offset For DMMs;
The Dangers of Polychlorinated Biphenyls; The
Bose Lifestyle Music System ; Using The NE602
In Home-Brew Converter Circu its.
November 1990: Low-Cost Model Train Con troller; Battery Powered Laser Pointer; A
Really Snazzy Egg Timer; 1.5V To 9V DC
Converter; How To Connect Two TV Sets To
One VCR ; Introduction To Digital Electronics ;
Simple 6-Metre Amateur Transmitter.
December 1990: DC-DC Converter For Car
Amplifiers; The Big Escape; Wiper Pulser For
Rear Windows ; Versatile 4-Digit Combination
Lock; SW Power Amplifier For The 6-Metre
Amateur Transmitter; The Green CD Pen
Controversy.
January 1991: Fast Charger For Nicad Batteries; Have Fun With The Fruit Mach ine; TwoTone Alarm Module ; Laser Power Supply (For
Tubes With Ratings Up To 10mW) ; LCD
Readout For The Capacitance Meter; How
Quartz Crystals Work; The Dangers When
Servicing Microwave Ovens; Electric Ve hicles
- The State Of The Art.
PLEASE NOTE:
All issues from November 1987 to April 1988,
plus June 1988, are now sold out. All subsequent issues are presently in stock. For readers wanting articles from issues out of print, we
can supply photostat copies (or tearsheets) at
$5 .00 per article , including postage. When
supplying photostat articles or back copies, we
automatically supply any relevant Notes & Errata, at no extra charge.
_J
FEBRUARY1991
59
SAFE CARD
POWER FAIL
PROTECTOR
,,
'1,,i.,
The revolutionary Safe Card Power
Fall Protector. This little gem takes away ..._, IA
all the risk of losing hours of important
'/I'
work when the power dips or fails.
Ideal for areas where power is a problem
or data Integrity Is vital. The need for a
huge bulky In-line back-up system Is
now eliminated by the single slot 1/2 Card.
Introductory offer for this Australian
promoted product is $595 and only available
from us.
X11118 .....................................................$595.
T with SUPER VGA Colour monitor (1024x768
• 42 MEG HO 28ma
,.os1-1EE't
• 1.2 MFDD
ff\EE
DON'T PAY $19
• tM RAM
v;of\O
• (16 MHz LANDMARK; so
sl'::oe ssof\
• SUPER FAST 21M LANDMARK • 512K VGA CARD
• 2MB RAM • MASSIVE 85 MEG HO 18ms
• 1.2 M FLOPPY • MINI CASE & 200W PS • 2 YEAR WARRANTY
• SUPER VGA (1024 x 768) COLOUR MONITOR
• SERIAL, PARALLEL & GAMES PORTS •101 EXTENDED KEYBOARD
iii
AUSTRALIA'S TOP SELLING NOTEBOOK!
PC-4741 COMPACT
NOTEBOOK.
. •
• Triple super twist LCD (640 x 400)
with 4 shades of grey
• 8088 compatible processor with 10MHz clock speed (~ocket for 8087 coprocessor)
• 40 MB hard disk drive wtth 29ms access time
• 3.5" 1.44MB high denstty floppy disk drive
• 640 Kb Internal RAM expandable to 1.6 MB
• Weighs only 3.8 Kg
• Battery or mains operated
X20004 .................................................................................$3499
(Available to order)
The GS·C105 Colour scanner
scans any colour or Black & White
Image Into your IBM PC AT, PS·2
or compatible system without loss
of hue.
FREE SOFTWARE!
The powerful Colour Maestro allows you to scan an Image and
then do colour editing In colours you can create yourselfl
You can draw different shapes; modify objects, alter colours
and edit a palette of 256 colours by using the commands on
your pop•up menus. You can oven design you r own font type
size.
SPECIFICATIONS:
• 105mm scan width, multl•scan up to 300mm
• 100·400 DPI selecable in steps of 10 DPI for 2,8, & 16 colours
• 64 shade levels
• Scanning speed: 3.5 ms/llne
................... ............ . .............................: ., $895
Colour Scanner
Sharp Invented the colour
scanner and we have scooped
a batch of their A6 size units
for you. Compatible with the
Apple Mac II and with IBM or
equivalents this Impeccable
unit brings quallty scanning
within easy operational and
financial rea ch. For IBM the
RPP
( Including MS Windows and
Mouse) Is $1499, and for the
Mac $1299.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Type: Flat Bed
Resolution : 200 dpl
Image Size: 100mm x 160mm
Colours: 262, 144
Grey Levels : 64
Colour range: 6 bit
Colour Accuracy: 6 bit
Interface: RS232C
Supplied Software:
Mac II: Chromascan 100
IBM: Microsoft windows with
mouse, Colour Lab 100
IBM X19905 ...................................................$1499
rallel Interface Extender ,
\~
·•7
the real world of Interfacing
mputers to parallel printers, It Is
'-:
O
en very usful to extend the
~GE UP ~I
ta nee over the normal 1o foot R~ ,-.e.rfl-E
itation. Para link II is the
•
xpenslva and effective way to do
an external po
s. It's ultra high speed
nsrr.ls3ion rate produces parallel- complete with
receiver & 50 f
a speed. It Is compatible with all
through RJ-1
. are & hardware & Installs In
MAC X19907 ..................................................$1299
'ill . 008 335757 TOLL FREE MAIL ORDER HOTLiNE FOR CREDIT CARD ORDERS!
i~
~ ~;~ ~ J ~ ~~ l ~ ~ &\.
~ \ \ <-. ·"'~;. j"J - ~"~ ~;) Ufl ( ~~ ~ I ~ \ A
,
/ '---
I
G
~
1'\\"
-
C
Turn your
computer into a
Fax Machine. with tha
NetComm PC Fax Cardi
Send and receive facimlle
documents over the phone.
• Multi speed, multi standard.
• PSTN Dial up
• 12 months warranty
• Australian design & manufactured
• Telecom approved
INCLUDED WTIH FAX CARD:
• Users manual
• Telephone cord
• Size · 116 x 66 x 34mm
· Mouw- Driver Software
included, allowmg you 10
inslall with ell popular software
packages. Also included 1s the
handy Pop-up menu software
that allows the user to
integrate the mouse wlth the
keyboard, 00S. and other
popular 1oftware pack•
"software.
.: ..card
•_T_h_r_e_e_5_1_/4_ft_o_p_p_y_d-is_k_s_c_o_n_t_al_n_ln_g
__
•• _P_C_f_a___,x
X19091 .............................................. $595
~
CHECK OUT OUR HUGE RANGE
OF IBM CARDS AVAILABLE.
MOTHERBOARDS
1
l
~,
21 MHz
ALL IN ONE
AT MOTHERBOARD
WITH THE LOTI
All you have lo do Is add a Graphics card. Thi& Ultra
:~~~i~rln;~7;~;c~~!ti;o:;;~r~a~~:see state
the art ACER technology & surface mount design
for the best performance & reliability.
• 16 MHz O wait state CPU (21 MHz landmark speed
rating)··
• Up to 4MB of RAM on the Motherboard O Ram fitted
1
~~sx ~r5 :;::~s: : :~:~x'::'a~~tfo~ slots
• 2Serlal & 1 Parrallel Port
) , • Dallas real time clock fitted life expectancy 10 years
,! • IDE 40 pin· connector for hard disk Interface (You
need to add an lmbedded hard disk drive)
'.,, •just
Floppy disk controller on board
• You only have to add a Graphics card.
of
XT HD CONTROLLER ....... $129
AT HD CONTROLLER .. ;..... $199
RS 232 SERIAL CARD ..•.•• $49
RS232 /SERIAL/ CLOCK .. $59
MONO/ COLOUR CARD.... $96, '
MULTI 1/0............................ $99
512K RAM .......................... $59
DIAGNOSTIC..................... $849 ~
TTL/ PRINTER ................... $89
RAM 2M AT EXT/EXP.•••••.• $225 ·
SM AT EXT/ EXP................ $325
4 PORT SERIAL................. $89
.,
VGA 256K .......................... $179 ~
VGA 512 K ••••••• .. •• .... •••--•••.... $249
:.--,. .
VGA 1 MEG ........................ $ 395
~
~
VOICE MAIL CARD •••...••.... $199
PRINTER CARD................. $ 3 S
'
EGA CARD......................... $139
2 WAY FDD CONT. (360K). $49
~
GAMES CARD
$29
·
{•
;
!
r---
:·
'.. :
9
~~~ :Ls: ATM• 110 Touch Mouse tor IBM PC/ XT/
~~c:: o~~,m:i~:!\:s~:~r~ nd8 r
1
;~:
FEATURES
.
Users tmger movements on the 58 X 48mm
front panel ot the touch mouse control the
~
.0
3
Compallble w11h all existing mouse software
10 ,
,,
I'I·:
4 WAY FDD CONT.
(360· 1·44 M) ........................ $ 129
CLOCK CARD.................... $49
SMART DRIVE ADAPTER
.
1DE / FDC............................ $S9
I FREE SOTWARE INCLUDED!~
~5~5iR~R~~~~
. DEMO PROGRAM
HIGH LEVEL LANGUAGE INTERFACE ROUTINE:
·~PM 1a-co■•,o..1t.ectc•.Microaolt Fortran. Quick B■atc. Turt>o C
~
1·
SMART DRIVE ADAPTER
IDEI/OFDC ........................ $119
88
POP-UP MENU
JDR.HALOIUGRAPHICSSOFTWARE
~ ..__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___. ._____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____., X19960 •••..•.•....•.••....••••..•••••••••.••...•
X18198 ..............................................................$595
~ ~ ~8-
.
•
1
l
•
b•
0J
• Processor 80386·33
Cache Controller 882385, 32 Bit Peripheral
• Memory 32KB Cache memory (35 ns)
• Expansion alots: 1 x 32 bit, 3 x .8 bit, 4 x 16 bit
• Intel' Combo Chip set: 82230, 82231
• Shadow RAM
C&T 82C206 lntergrated peripherals Controller
<•
)
•,
•
•
•
•
•
,
I
LEO display for speed Indication
Ability to run OS/2, MS/DOS, XENIX
Real time clock/calender with battrey back up
Baby AT' size board
Reset button Connector
Keylock button connector
Speaker connector
X18112 ............................................ $2495
• Processor: 80386SX-16MHz (0/1 wait atate)
• Co-proceaoor: 80387SX-16 (optional)
• CHIPS & TECH NEAT chipseta
• (SMT) Surface Mount Technology for chlpseta & CPU
• Supports up to 2MB on board, (Sixteen 44256 and Eight
41256 sockets)
• Three 8 BIT alota • Five 16 BIT alota
• Meo mti ory Expansion Slot rd
• p onal 2-8MB memory ca
S
rte LOTUS~NTEL MCROSOFT (UM) E nded
•
Spee. (EMS) v~alon 4.0
xpa
• Supports Page lnterleaw Mode ualng 100NS DRAM
• BIOS: AMI or PHOENIX
• Turbo Light and Hardware Reset connector
• Keyboard or H.ardware Reset connector
rd
• Power Good Signal on board • Baby alze mail'
,..:;::::;'ry
11°•
X18094.
OK RAM .................. .,.,_
I
~).
~ . \.~\
r::::~g
M
OTHERB~
-ARD M:::~~~::~
~
1'
$1 Q9 ·
The
.• FREE Telepaint disks which allows the user to.
:perform high resolution graphics with th<> mouse.
$6951
X19951
,
,~~ j\\\Y
~
~
119
A
oos . 33s~ ,~ ~ La:. F::REe~ttA'~ oRo~~R~oTLl~t;,roR cR~ l~fA~D,9 RDERsJ ?
J';, \\! V")
I
I
I
I productivity.
the most out of your computer and enhance yo..It gives you the ability to expand the
I·veraitility of your
co~puter through the use of
· ·graghic software a11ch as paint, draw and CAD · ·
II programs.
super mouse 2 allows you to run
programs like GEM and Window• which makea al
operations of the computer easier and faater.
Many popularSpreadsheeta, databases, word
I.processors
and other programs can also be wor
with the Super Mouse 2..
1I '. ~~:!;~~~ltF;!~~~:~uter compatible.
• Free Software with Pop-up Mcnua
I . .Also
Life time War{anl}I
·
supplied with the Syper Bus Mouse 2 are~
C
~~\D~ ~
~
;~,~c~:e~a~t:~~rt;u0cvhe:~:~e requires
~ no desk space to, movement
I :~~::.~~~rg:;:~rt: a~~tdh: ~:e~~ :~:!.~~ace
~I•
· :;~;:,;,~;~~:t~~;~ laptops.
..J'T
I the touch mouse sa,es on desk spac~
AT S/P GAMES CARO....... $35
.
} \
A
liFi~ ~ . ~
/J,,I ~ 7 / ~
FAST CHARGER
NICAD BATTER!
Last month, we introduced our new
Fast Nicad Charger & described the
circuit. In this issue, we give you all
the construction details.
By JOHN CLARKE & GREG SWAIN
Despite the circuit complexity, this
project is very easy to build and there
are just two simple adjustments. Most
of the parts are mounted on a single
large PC board coded SC14101911
(167 x 222mm) and this is housed in
a plastic instrument case. A large
finned heatsink is bolted to the metal
rear panel and this provides heatsinking for the Mosfet switching devices
(Ql-Q4) and for the rectifiers (D4 &
D5).
Begin construction by checking the
copper pattern of the PC board for
any shorts between tracks or open
circuit tracks (compare it with the
published pattern). A quick check at
this stage can save hours of troubleshooting later on.
Fig. 7 shows the parts layout on the
PC board. Before installing any of the
parts, check that the board mounting
holes are large enough to accept the
self-tapping mounting screws. Similarly, check the mounting holes for
diode D1 and for the transformer (Tl).
Begin the PC board assembly by
installing PC stakes at all the external
wiring points, then install the wire
links, diodes and resistors. Be sure to
use the correct diode at each location
and check that they are all installed
the right way around. It 's a good idea
to install the zener diodes with a loop
in one of the leads (see photo) to relieve any stresses due to thermal expansion.
The two 0.22Q 5W resistors should
be stood off the board by about 2mm
so that air can freely circulate beneath
them for cooling.
This done, install the ICs , small
signal transistors and the stud-mount
diode (D1). Be sure to install the star
washer for D1 on the copper side of
the board, as this "bites" into the
copper pattern and ensures a good
contact. The electrolytic capacitors
can now all be installed, followed by
the four Mosfets (Ql-Q4) and the two
power diodes (D4 & D5). These last
six components should all be
mounted at full lead length.
Inductors
This close-up view shows how power diode D1 is mounted. Be sure to install the
star washer on the copper side of the board, as this bites into the copper pattern
& ensures good electrical contact. Note also the stress loop in one of the leads
from zener diode ZDl. The other zener diodes are installed in similar fashion.
62
SILICON CHIP
Inductors Ll and L2 are each
wound using 9 turns of 1.25mm enamelled copper wire (ECW) on the same
Neosid iron powder toroid. These
windings are wound on opposite sides
of the toroid and in opposite directions to each other (see Fig.7). Scrape
Pt.2: The Construction Details
FOR
ES
The Nicad Fast Charger features a
very reliable automatic switch-off
circuit when operated in fast-charge
mode. This prevents overcharging
which could ultimately lead to
expensive cell damage.
the enamel from the ends of the windings and tin them before installing
the unit on the PC board.
Winding the transformer
The transformer is supplied as a
bobbin with two E cores, one for the
top and the other for the bottom.
These cores are held together with a
U-shaped clamp which is installed
after the transformer is wound.
Now take a look at Fig.6. This shows
how the primary and secondary windings are terminated on the transformer
bobbin. Note that the 4-pin side of the
bobbin terminates the primary leads,
while the 5-pin side is for the secondary windings.
To wind the primary, you will need
1-metre of1.25mm ECW. First, scrape
the enamel from one end and solder
it to the S1 pin. Now, starting from
the bottom, wind on 8.5 turns in a
clockwise direction, with the windings laid side by side as you progress
up the transformer bobbin.
When you have wound on the 8.5
turns, run the lead directly down the
side of the bobbin (ie, at right angles
to the winding), trim to size and terminate the end on the Fl pin. Wrap a
layer of insulating tape tightly around
the winding to secure the turns firmly
in place.
The other half of the primary wind-
S1
F1
S2
FZ
S3
PRIMARY
S4
F3
SECONDARY
T1 WINIHNGS
Fig.6: the transformer windings must
be terminated exactly as shown here,
otherwise the inverter circuit won't
work. Step-by-step winding details
are given in the text.
F4
ing starts at S2 and is wound in the
same direction directly over the top
of the first. Wind on 8.5 turns as before and terminate this winding cin
the F2 pin. Another layer of insulating tape is then used to secure this
winding.
The two secondary windings are
wound in exactly the same manner,
except that each winding consists of
17.5 turns. Begin the first winding at
the S3 terminal, wind on 17.5 turns
of 1.25mm ECW and terminate at the
F3 pin. Secure this using another layer
of insulating tape then, starting at S4,
wind on another 17.5 turns and terminate this winding at F4.
Install a final layer of insulating
tape to secure this last winding, then
fit the top and bottom cores to the
bobbin and clamp the transformer
assembly to the PC board. Tighten the
clamp nuts firmly but don't overtighten them, otherwise you'll crack
the ferrite cores. Finally, solder the
various transformer pins to the PC
pattern.
FEBRUARY1991
63
RESISTOR COLOUR CODES
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
No.
2
5
2
12
1
2
2
5
3
1
1
2
4
2
Value
4-Band Code (5%)
5-Band Code (1%)
2.2MQ
470kQ
220kQ
100kQ
47kQ
33kQ
22kQ 1%
20kQ 1%
15kQ
10kQ
6.8kQ
4.?kQ
4.?kQ 1%
3.3kQ
1.5kQ
1kQ
820Q
680Q
47Q
10Q
1Q1W
0.22Q 5W
red red green gold
yellow violet yellow gold
red red yellow gold
brown black yellow gold
yellow violet orange gold
orange orange orange gold
not appli cable
not applicable
brown green orange gold
brown black orange gold
blue grey red gold
yellow violet red gold
not applicable
orange orange red gold
brown green red gold
brown black red gold
grey red brown gold
blue grey brown gold
yellow violet black gold
brown black black gold
brown black gold gold
not applicable
red red black yellow brown
yellow violet black orange brown
red red black orange brown
brown black black orange brown
yellow violet black red brown
orange orange black red brown
red red black red brown
red black black red brown
brown green black red brown
brown black black red brown
blue grey black brown brown
yel low violet black brown brown
yellow violet black brown brown
orange orange black brown brown
brown green black brown brown
brown black black brown brown
grey red black black brown
blue grey black black brown
yellow violet black gold brown
brown black black gold brown
brown black black silver brown
not applicable
The PC board now can be fitted
into the case. Note that it will be necessary to trim the threaded portion of
the stud-mounting diode using a hacksaw so that it doesn't foul the bottom.
In addition, some of the internal pillars will have to be shortened using
an oversize drill so that they don't
foul the board.
Installing the Mosfets
Once the PC board fits correctly,
you can mark out the mounting positions for the Mosfets and power diodes on the heatsink and rear panel.
Note that the two outside Mosfets (Ql
& Q4) mount on 93mm centres so that
their mounting screws fit between the
fins of the heatsink. The two inner
Mosfets, QZ & Q3, are on 27mm
centres so that their mounting screws
intercept the flat area between the
two sets of heatsink fins.
Note: if you use a different heatsink
to the one specified, you will have to
adjust the positions of the mounting
holes accordingly.
It's best to mark out and drill the
holes in the heatsink first and then
use this as a template for marking out
64
SILICON CHIP
the Mosfet mounting holes in the rear
panel. Position the four holes so that
they are 28mm from the bottom of the
heatsink and make sure that the
heatsink is centred vertically on the
rear panel so that it clears the top and
bottom panels of the case. The holes
for the two power diodes , cordgrip
grommets and the fuseholder can also
be marked out on the rear panel at
this stage.
After drilling , carefully deburr all
holes using an oversize drill to ensure a smooth mounting surface for
the transistors and diodes.
The four Mosfet transistors and the
two power diodes (D4 & D5) must be
insulated from the case using mica
washers and insulating bushes. Fig.8
shows the mounting details. Smear
heatsink compound on the mating
surfaces before screwing each assembly to the rear panel and note that it
may be necessary to bend the leads of
each device slightly so that it lines up
with its mounting hole.
As each device is mounted, use
your multimeter to confirm that its
tab has been correctly isolated from
the rear panel. If you do get a short
CAPACITOR CODES
0
Value
IEC Code
EIA Code
0
0
0
0
0.1µF
.022µF
.01µF
.001µF
100n
22n
10n
1n
104
223
103
102
circuit, clear the problem before proceeding further.
Final assembly
If you don't already have a predrilled front panel, you will have to
use the accompanying artwork or a
self-adhesive label as a drilling template. If you have a self-adhesive
label, it's best to attach this to the
front panel before drilling the holes.
Drill small pilot holes for the
switches initially, then carefully ream
them out to the correct size with a
tapered reamer.
Once this has been done, you can
mount the switches and LEDs and
complete the wiring as shown in
Fig. 7. All wiring to the front panel
METAL REAR PANEL
~FUSE
'\~1HOLOER
TO NICAO
BATTERY
CORO CLAMP
GROMMET -
02
G• O •S
•
...___G_•o_; ..
I
~
~ZD3~ 'D3
~
\L I)
-
ri·•
0.47uF
+,( D
........
........
0
Q)
0
0
e3
0
0
•2'
0
0
•,/
FRONT PANEL
Fig. 7: check that all polarised components are correctly oriented when mounting the parts on the
PC board. Be sure also to use the correct transistor type & zener diode at each location. The pinouts
for the Mosfet transistors (Ql-Q4) & the two power diodes (D4 & D5) can be obtained from the main
circuit diagram (Fig.5). Note that the metal tabs of these parts must be electrically isolated from the
metal rear panel, as shown in Fig.a. The front panel wiring can be run using light-duty hookup wire
but use heavy-duty (10A) cable for all rear panel wiring.
FEBRUARY1991
65
INSULATING
MICA
WASHER
~,~jl
SCREW
r
rnllllil(3
-------- CASE
1
T0220
DEVICE
Fig.8: mounting details for the Mosfet
transistors & fast recovery diodes.
Smear all mating surfaces with
heatsink compound before bolting
each assembly together.
The four Mosfet transistors and the two fast recovery diodes (D4 & D5) are all
soldered directly to the PC board at full lead length & then bolted to the metal
rear panel using TO-220 insulating kits. Check that the mounting surfaces are
smooth & free of metal swarf before installing these devices.
can be run using light-duty hookup
wire but be sure to use heavy-duty
(10A) wire for all wiring to the fuseholder, 12V battery and nicad battery.
The leads to the 12V battery can be
fitted with large automotive battery
clips while the output leads should
be fitted with a polarised socket to
match the plug on the battery pack.
Testing
Initially, set VR1 and VR2 about
90% anticlockwise, set the Fast/
Trickle switch to FAST, and set the
The PC board is secured to integral plastic standoffs moulded into the bottom of
the case. Note that it will be necessary to cut off part of the threaded portion of
the stud-mounting diode so that the board will fit.
66
SILICON CHIP
Battery Select switch to 6V. Now connect a 12V power supply and check
for the correct supply voltages on all
the ICs. Check also that the pin 1
output of IC3a is at +5V and that the
pin 7 output of IC3b is at +9.55V.
If you strike problems, switch off
immediately and clear the fault before proceeding further.
If everything is OK, press the Start
switch and check that the Charging
LED lights. This LED should then
extinguish after a few seconds and
the Error and End Of Charge LEDs
should come on.
Now disconnect the power supply
and connect the unit to a 12V car
battery. Press the Start switch again
and immediately check the output
voltage of the charger (ie, check across
the output leads to the nicad battery).
You should get a measurement of
about 24V or higher, since the output
terminals are open circuit.
Now short the output terminals,
press the Start switch once more and
check the voltage across the paralleled 0.22n 5W resistors. Adjust VR1
for a reading of 0.66V. This sets the
charging current to 6A.
Similarly, switch to Trickle charge
and adjust VR2 to set the standard
charge rate for your nicad cells. For
1300mAh cells, this will be 130mA
(ie, C/10). This means that the voltage across the 0.22Q resistors must be
set to 14mV (ie, V = IR where I =
130mA and R = 0.11n).
At this stage, your Nicad Fast
Charger is ready for work but a few
final checks are in order. Connect the
charger to a discharged battery pack,
select fast charge and the appropriate
voltage range, and press the Start button to begin charging. Now check that
the voltage across the 0.22Q resistors
Fig.9: this is the full size artwork for the PC board. It is a good idea to carefully check this
pattern against your etched board before mounting any of the parts, as it is easier to spot
any errors at this stage. In particular, check for breaks in the copper pattern & for shorts
between adjacent tracks.
FEBRUARY1991
67
(.!)
~
•
0
z
(.!)
a:
<C
J:
(.)
I-
Cl)
::::>
(.)
>
C\I
•
> •
me
,-
I-
(.)
w
w
U)
>•
o::t'
co
>.
C\I
...J
Cl)
•
>
a:
w
~
•
CD
>
I'-
>
a:
w_
U)
•
a:
w
(!}
a:
•
<(
J:
<C
J:
(.)
LL
0
(.)
Cl
t-
z
w
<(
LL
I-
en
•
C
<(
(.)
a:
~
CJ)
z
I
w
I-
CJ)
,.....,
<C
.,, '
LL
1-:u:·
1•••• • ,
'
llttu•"
::::::
·······
··1····,::·
1111~1 II
68
~fi~I
SILICON CHIP
•
~a
a:
CD I-a:- (.)
a: Ww
w (.!) ...J
zw
<((/)
w J:
(.)
(.!)
a:
0
...J
:::ii:::
(.)
a:
I-
-
The output leads should be fitted with a polarised plug to
match the battery pack. This will prevent you from
connecting the leads the wrong way around.
is still 0.66V. Also, check the voltage across the nicad battery pack - it should gradually rise towards its final end
point voltage of about 1.8V per cell.
While the battery pack is charging, check that the DAC
output follows the battery voltage by monitoring pin 1 of
IC7. This should rise as the nicad battery voltage rises.
Similarly, check that pin 5 of IC8 is 80mV less than pin 1 of
IC7.
Finally, continue monitoring the nicad battery voltage
until it reaches a plateau and begins to fall. The charger
should automatically switch off as soon as the battery voltage falls 80mV below its peak value.
Custom cell packs
The custom selection on the Battery Select switch is
provided for special applications; eg, you may want to
charge 24 cells in series. As stated earlier, this involves
winding more turns on the secondaries of the transformer.
In addition, you will have to choose a value for ZD7 (see
Fig.5) to suit your particular application.
When winding the transformer, you have to provide at
least enough turns to give 1.8V per cell. This means that for
24 cells, enough turns must be wound on to give 44V.
In this design, each turn on the secondary gives about
1.38V. Thus, a 44V output requires 32 turns, to which we
add an extra three turns to provide a reasonable margin.
This brings the total to 35 turns on each half of the secondary (ie, an output of about 48V). Note that you will now
have to use 0.8mm ECW instead of the 1.25mm wire so that
the windings will fit on the bobbin.
ZD7 is selected so that the voltage fed to pin 3 of IC8a is
less than 8V when the cells are fully charged. For 24 cells ,
we expect 44V and from this we can subtract the 1.8V drop
across LED 1. Thus, 44 - 1.8 - 8 = 34.2V, which means that
ZD7 can be a 35V 1W zener diode.
Finally, note that the charging current cannot now be
adjusted for 6A, as the maximum power that the charger can
deliver is limited to 100W. In this case, you will have to
settle for a current of about 2A (ie, 100W/48V = 2.08A). SC
Fig.10 (left): this artwork can be used as a drilling template
for the front panel. You can also use it to make up your own
artwork if you don't wish to purchase a commercial panel.
I
PRODUCT SHOWCASE
I
Portable PC has
automatic power save
Sanyo has just released the MBC17NB "Notebook" portable PC. It has
an inbuilt 20Mb hard disc drive and a
floppy drive as well. The display is a
backlit blue LCD panel which is
claimed to be NCQ - near colour quality. As well, there is a standard port
for connection of a full size VGA
monitor, quite desirable for those
users who want a portable but need
the good quality display.
The automatic power save lets the
user nominate a time delay up to 127
minutes , after which the power to
LCD screen, keyboard and hard disc
is suspended without affecting the
work currently being processed. The
clock speed is also dropped to 6.5MHz
to conserve the batteries. When the
batteries do discharge, they can be
fully recharged within one hour.
Sanyo says the MBC-N17B outperforms some 386SX machines. It features an 80C286 processor and 1Mb
standard memory expandable to 5Mb.
There is also an IDE connector and an
optional internal modem.
For further information , contact
Sanyo Office Machin es Ply Ltd, 384
Eastern Valley Way, East Chatswood,
NSW 2057. Phone (02) 498 2799.
Midi system has CD player &
Dolby noise reduction
These days, if you are looking for a good midi-sized
hifi system under $1000, you will almost always find
that the cassette deck does not have Dolby noise reduction. This is ludicrous really since all recorded
music cassettes feature Dolby. However, this new release from Akai does have Dolby.
The Akai M-393 features a power amplifier cum
graphic analyser rated at 30W per channel , although
by some imaginative mathematics they manage to
claim that it can deliver 600W peak music power.
One of the nice features about these midi systems is
their comprehensive infrared remote control which
the Akai M-393 has as standard. It controls most of the
wanted facilities and, in particular, the volume leve l
via a motorised volume control.
The AM/FM tuner offers a total of 12 preset stations
(six AM and six FM), as well as automatic station
scanning. The dual cassette deck offers a continuous
listening mode for uninterrupted music and both a
normal and high speed dubbing facility. Furthermore,
a "synchro" recording feature permits synchronised
starts when recording from one tape to another.
The CD player is a 16-bit twice over-sampling digital .filter unit with up to 16 program selections. It has
all the standard playback features . The record turntable is a 2-speed belt-drive unit (33 & 45 rpm), while
the tonearm has a ceramic cartridge and has manual
cueing and automatic return at the end of play.
Recommended retail price for the Akai M-393 is
$899 and it has a 12-month warranty. For furt her information , contact your local Akai hifi dealer.
FEBRUARY1991
73
Battery eliminators for
communications gear
Melbourne based manufacturer
Setec has available two power supplies that also double as battery chargers. The model BCEl has a 13 .65V
regulated DC output at currents up to
10 amps. The model BCE2 supply
provides a 27.6V rail for powering
24V equipment at currents of up to 5
amps.
Both supplies are switchmode
types with high efficiency, low noise
and compact size. Both are fully protected against overload and output
short circuits.
With communications equipment
IEEE-488 controller
board for the Mac
This board, from Elmeasco Instruments, w ill turn your Maclntosh SE/
30 into an IEEE-488.2 bus system,
capable of transferring data at rates
up to lMb/sec.
It can control up to a maximum of
14 separate devices or instruments.
Applications for this can include lab-
PHONE LINE AND MAINS
FILTER/SURGE PROTECTOR
:ZijProtection for
t•Answering machines
•Cordless phones
, •Facsimiles
'. .computers
'•Modems
'•Telex
The Arista model CPE P- 1
ensures that
lightning, power surges
and spikes do not
reach your costly
communication
equipment as it
constantly monitors the
PHONE line and
the MAINS power line.
Simply connect
to any existing power point,
plug in your fax, phone, video, Hi Fi or any other
240 VAC operated equipment and a series of
indicators shows the status of the mains
power point while several MOV's and gas
arrestors prevents access to damaging energy
sources. The CPEP-1 is fully Telecom and Dept.
of Minerals and Energy tested and approved.
Imported and distributed by:
AIUSTI\
ELECTRO NICS
Available through the following retailers:
Telegrafax PIL.
305-307 Sailors
Bay Road.
Nor1hbridge. 2063.
NSW. (02) 958 5137
74
Geoff Wood E/ec.
229Burns
Bay Road.
Lane Cove. 2066.
NSW. (02) 427 1676.
SILICON CHIP
and a battery connected to the
supply, the installation gives
a measure of power fail protection. Under normal conditions, the supply powers the
equipment and float charges
the battery. Then; when the
mains power fails, the battery
supplies the equipment but it
will be disconnected before it
is heavily discharged. This
ensures longer battery life and
allows the equipment to run
unattended with a minimum
of service calls.
Each unit is available in panel
mount, rack mount or PC board versions and all come with a 5-year waroratory testing, production testing and
process monitoring, as well as communicating with engineering, scientific and medical equipment.
The board itself uses Turbo488 and
NAT4882 custom chips. These are
designed for the job and are extremely
reliable.
The unit comes with National Instruments Corporation's NI-488 software driver for the Mac system and
requires no configuration jumpers as
it's all done by software.
For further information, contact
your nearest Elmeasco office or phone
Sydney (02) 736 2888 or Melbourne
(03) 879 2322.
Ind us try standard
IEEE-488 interface card
Electronic Solutions has just released an industry standard IEEE-488
card which is one of the cards available to implement the entire IEEE488 standard. It provides all the hardware to interface a PC to the IEEE-488
bus and has all the software in ROM.
Complete documentation is provided,
so that programming for special applications can be done.
ranty. For further information, contact Setec Pty Ltd, 6 Holloway Dr,
Bayswater, Victoria 3153 . Phone (03)
762 5777.
No additional operation is required
for operation with Basic or Turbo
~ascal while Basic A, Basic Compiler
and Quick Basic are supported as
standard.
For further information, contact
Electronic Solutions, 5 Waltham St,
Artarmon , NSW. Phone (02) 906 6666
or fax (02) 906 5222.
Monolithic 20-bit
DIA converter
,
a
A01862
Analog Devices Inc has announced
the first monolithic 20-bit digital to
analog converter designed specifically
for high performance digital audio
applications such as electronic musical instruments.
Measured according to EIAJ standards, the AD1862 achieves a signal
to noise ratio of 119dB and 96dB
(.0016%) total harmonic distortion+
noise (THD+N), and a minimum dynamic range of 102dB. Gain linearity
is very good with an error of ±ldB at
-90dB.
Packaged in a 16-pin DIP, the monolithic converter employs proprietary
digital offset circuitry to enhance low-
DMM checks inductance,
frequency & temperature
This 4000 count multimeter, the TES 2360,
measures just about everything ever found on
a multimeter except perhaps for transistor
beta. As well as measuring the normal volts
AC & DC, AC & DC current up to 10 amps and
resistance up to 40 megohms, it has four
ranges each for capacitance and inductance.
In fact, it is the first multimeter we have come
across with inductance ranges.
Its inductance ranges are 4 millihenries,
40mH, 4 Henries and 40 Henries, making it a
very useful instrument just for these ranges
alone.
As well, it will measure frequency and temperature, both Fahrenheit
and Celsius.
A Jaycar Electronics import, it is well worth considering at $179.00.
ELECTRONICS
WORLD
5p1:c1•LS
USED 'AA' 700mAH NICAD
BATTERIES
$
0.50
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLED
SOLDERING STATION
$135.00
UNIVERSAL NICAD BATTERY
CHARGER
$ 29.95
Can do 4 at a time (AA, C, D, or 9V
Nicads)
40 CHANNEL AM CB RADIO $ 79.00
SMOKE DETECTOR
$ 49.95
PIEZO SIREN WITH BACKUP
BATTERY
$ 59.95
Ideal for Car Alarms
level signal linearity and eliminate
the need for deglitching circuitry. An
external midscale trim pin is provided
for applications requiring the best possible distortion performance for small
signal amplitudes (<60dB).
For further information, contact the
distributor for Analog Devices, NSD
Australia. Phone (03) 890 0970.
Probe for dielectric
measurements
Hewlett Packard has introduced a
dielectric probe kit that simplifies
measurements of materials used in
the food, chemical and electronics
industries. The HP 85070A kit includes a probe and software, designed
to work with a network analyser and
computer. Together they form a system that measures the complex permittivity, including the dielectric los&
factor of materials at radio and microwave frequencies.
To measure liquids or semi-solids ,
the probe is immersed into the
sample. No special fixtures, containers or sample preparations are required.
For solids, a smooth flat surface on
the material is required for contact
with the probe.
The system then measures parameters as a function of frequency. Frequency coverage is determined by the
material properties, the network analyser and the probe, which operates
up to 20 Gigahertz.
The HP 85070A comes as standard
equipment with PC-compatible software running under Microsoft Windows. The kit is priced at $6600 ..
Complete systems, including network
analyser, computer and probe kit, start
at $59,000 ..
For further information, contact
Hewlett Packard Australia Ltd, 31-41
Joseph St, Blackburn, Vic 3130. Phone
(008) 033 821.
SC
DIGITAL DISPLAY AM/FM STEREO
CAR RADIO
$ 49.95
PORTASOL GAS SOLDERING IRON
$ 35.00
ARLEC SUPER TOOL KIT
$ 69.50
LOGIC PROBE
$ 35.00
SCANNER FANATICS FREQUENCY
REGISTER OF VIC.
$ 24.95
PHILIPS INFRARED REMOTE
CONTROL
$ .35.00
COMMON CATHODE 7-SEGMENT
DISPLAY
$ 1.00
VIDEO DUBBING KIT
$ 15.95
ARLEC 2 SPEED CORDLESS DRILL
AND SCREWDRIVER
$ 69.95
2-CHANNEL FM WIRELESS
INTERCOM
$ 89.95
SINGLE CHANNEL UHF
TRANSMITTER KIT
$ 18.00
SINGLE CHANNEL UHF RECEIVER KIT
$ 34.90
VULTURE CAR ALARM KIT $ 39.90
INFRA RED NIGHT VIEWER KIT
$239.00
.I.E...;. t■t;it:■11:
RCS Radio Pty Ltd is the only company which
manufactures and sells every PCB & front panel
published in SILICON CHIP, ETI and EA.
651 Forest Road, Bexley, NSW 2207. Phone (02) 587 3491.
TALKING ELECTRONICS ULTIMA
FM BUG KIT
$ 12.50
Mail Orders Welcome
30 Lacey St, Croydon
VIC, 3136.
Telephone:
Fax:
(03) 723 3860
(03) 723 3094
(03) 725 9443
FEBRUARY1991
75
SERVICEMAN'S LOG
Now look what ya gorn an' done!
We don't hear that expression much these days
but it was a popular one years ago. It was
reserved for those occasions when someone
committed a careless act which resulted in
serious - and sometime irretrievable - damage.
These days we tend to use the more economical
expression, "Oops".
Either way, the implication is the
same; somebody has goofed and done
a lot of unnecessary damage in the
process. And since we have all done
it at times, it doesn't do to be too
cocky when someone else docs it. But
we can take heed and be warned.
I have two such stories this month.
One situation was retrievable, even
though it looked a bit sticky for a
while. The other one ... ?
The first story concerns a Hanimex
18cm monochrome TV set, model
HTV7 . It was a brand new set, belonging to a colleague who is one of the
lo ca l antenna installers and with
whom I work quite frequently. The
set was bought specifically for this
job, to be used when doing survey
work in difficult areas, particularly
involving SBS on UHF.
It could operate from either the
240V AC mains or a 12V battery. In
the latter mode, it used a lead fitted
with a lighter plug at one end and a
so-called DC plug at the other, this
mating with a PC board socket in the
set.
For those who may not recognise
the DC plug by that name, a brief
description might help. The best al ternative term that comes to mind is a
female plug - a contradiction in terms
perhaps, but that is what it is; a plug
shaped device for lead termination
which is, in the conventional sense, a
socket. And the male mating device,
designed more like a socket for chassis or PC board mounting, is in the
conventional sense a plug.
76
SILICON CHIP
While these devices are not often
found in everyday TV and . video
equipment, they are used extensively
on plugpacks, small chargers for nicad battery operated devices, and
such like. (An article in an English
technical magazine some years ago
suggested that, in order to avoid confusion, such devices should be referred to as "sugs" and "plackets".
Fortunately, the idea did not catch
on).
Anyway, battery operation was one
TETIA TV TIP
Sanyo CTP5604
Symptom: no sound or picture.
Higher than normal voltage appears on the line output transistor
collector and a faint squeal can
be heard from the power supply
circuit board.
Cure: R473 (100Q 0.25W) open
circuit or dry jointed. This resistor
is a vital part of the line oscillator
and without it the set can never
start up. The squeal is the power
supply running in its self-oscillating mode, at a much lower frequency than normal.
TETIA TV Tip is supplied by the
Tasmanian branch of The Electronic Technicians' Institute of
Australia. Contact Jim Lawler, 16
Adina St, Geilston Bay, Tasmania
7015.
of the main advantages of this device
and the owner had purchased a small
sealed lead-acid 12V battery to go with
it, making the whole assembly compact enough to carry around with an
exp loratory antenna, even onto a roof
if necessary. To accommodate this
battery, he had removed the cigarette
lighter plug, shortened the lead somewhat, and bared the ends to fit the
screw terminals on the battery.
Which was all very clever and logical. Except that this was where he
came to grief. The original lead was
fitted with a fuse and his first mistake
was to remove this from the modified
lead.
His second mistake was confuse the
polarity of the battery leads after he
had removed the lighter plug. He assumed - perhaps not unreasonably that the centre connection of the DC
plug would be positive whereas, had
he taken the trouble to check the original setup, he could have determined
that the reverse was the case. In fact,
there is a noticeable lack of standardisation in this regard. Some manufacturers favour one arrangement, others
the opposite. I'll have more to say
about this later.
The inevitable disaster
So there was a disaster waiting to
happen. And, of course, it did happen. The first I knew of all this was
when the set was pushed across the
counter, together with a brief synopsis of the above events and a plaintive
plea from my colleague. He had
planned to survey a difficult VHF area
that morning; could I have & quick
look and perhaps get the set going?
He couldn't have picked a worse
time. It was a Monday morning and
the weekend's pile-up of problems
was being unleashed. The phone
seemed to be ringing every few minutes and other customers were breasting the counter. And I didn't even
have a circuit of the set.
Granted, I had a fair idea of what to
look for. Most devices designed
for external battery connection
use a protective circuit of some
kind. The usual arrangement is
simply a power diode, reverse
connected across the supply
leads, so that it is open circuit
with correct polarity. Then, in
the event of reversed polarity, it
is effectively a short circuit, and
takes out the aforementioned
fuse in the battery lead. Thus
alerted, the user can take appropriate action.
But, without a fuse, what
would happen? An ohmmeter
check confirmed that there was
a short across the battery leads,
but was this simply a damaged
diode, or was it something more
serious? I tried running it in the
240V mode but it was just as
dead. This tended to confirm
my worst fears.
I opened the set with the aim
of finding the diode and working from there. But that was easier said than done. Thme was
no diode anywhere near the
input socket and my efforts to
trace the path through the maze
of other tracks on a compact
board proved fruitless; it seemed that every time I was half way
through a trace there was an interruption of one kind or another.
Finally, even my colleague realised
that we were battling against the wind;
there was no way we were going to
.a chieve a quick fix in such an atmosphere. The survey would have to be
done without it. So I suggested that
he leave it with me and go back to the
dealer from whom he bought it, and
get either a manual or, at least, a circuit. Then, with a more leisurely
approach, we might get somewhere.
And so I put the set aside.
No circuit
I heard nothing more from my colleague for about three weeks, then he
turned up with the news that, after
much chasing and duck shoving, he
had been advised that Hanimex could
not even supply a circuit. So we were
on our own.
The owner wasn't particularly
happy about the situation. He had
spent around $130 for a set which
had never been used and now he
feared it might be a write-off.
I wasn't that pessimistic but I was
worried. While I assumed that there
was a protective diode, I wasn't sure.
And if there wasn't, the likely damage was anybody's guess.
So, at the first convenient slack
period, I tackled the set again. And
strangely, without all the pressures of
the previous occasion, I found the
elusive diode without too much
trouble. Of course, it was nowhere
near the input socket or on/off switch;
I suspect manufacturers do this deliberately.
Anyway, the diode was found,
checked , and proved to have a very
short circuit! Replacement was simple
enough, any power diode with a rating of lA or better being suitable.
Then I set to and re-arranged the customer's lead, clarifying the polarity,
and fitting a fuse holder and fuse.
That done, I connected the lead to
a 12V battery, crossed my fingers, and
switched on. Splat! The fuse went
instantly and I thanked my lucky stars
I had taken the precaution of fitting
it.
But what was wrong? Once again I
had horrible thoughts about what
damage might have been done with
the reversed connection, in spite of
the protective diode. Nor was I at all
consoled when I put the ohmmeter
across the battery leads and found,
not the short circuit of a faulty diode,
but still a very low resistance, amounting to only a few ohms.
Fortunately, further checking revealed that this low resistance was
present even with the set switched
off, which left only a short track between the input socket and the on/off
switch on the volume control to
check. There wasn't much to suspect
here. There could, in theory, be a leakage between tracks but this seemed
most unlikely. More realistically, the
only likely component was the input
socket, mounted on the PC board.
Closer examination suggested that
it looked somewhat misshapen, so I
unsoldered it for a closer look. And it
was misshapen all right; in fact, it
was well and truly cooked. More
importantly, removing the socket had
removed the short from the board. Of
course, there could be other, more
subtle damage yet to be revealed, but
I was feeling more hopeful.
This optimism proved to be justiFEBRUARY 1991
77
- ..
SERVICEMAN'S LOG ~ CTD ·
·
.
·
I).
fi ed . I patched a pair of leads directly
into the board, connected a battery with due regard to polarity - and gingerly switched on. And, for the first
tim e. the set came to life; sound
immediately and a picture a few seconds lat er.
Well, that was a relief. No serious
damage had been done and all I had
to do was fit a new input socket to
put th e set back into new condition.
Serviceman's goof
Well, this was where I goofed. The
simple truth is that I was not as familiar with DC plugs as I thought I was. I
had handled them often enough , as
part of various pieces of equipment including some ofmy own - but I had
never had occasion to actually work
on them in the service sense.
For a start, I blissfully imagined
78
SILICON CHIP
that I could nip down the street to my
local electronics store and purchase a
new socket for 80c or so. No dice.
They had the plugs and they had
mating sockets for lead termination
or for chassis mounting, but not for
PC board mounting. "Sorry, we don't
get much call for them."
No problem really. A phone call to
one of my regular bits and pieces
suppliers confirmed that they had
good stocks. I ordered one and was
assured that it would go in the post
immediately. And they were as good
as th eir word; it arrived in the mail
the next day.
It took only a few minutes to fit it to
the board, then I reached for the battery lead to plug it in and give the
whole setup a final test. I imagine
some readers are way ahead of me;
yes, my face was red. I had failed to
appreciate that these devices come in
two sizes; a 2.1mm pin and a 2.5mm
pin.
And, apparently, the 2.5mm version is the more commonly used one
so, in the absence of any specifications from me, my supplier had as sumed that this was what I wanted.
Need I add that the set used the 2.11mn
version?
And so it took another phone call,
another hastily arranged postal delivery, and another solder job on the
board. And that finished the job. But
what a chapter of accidents and confusion. As it was, I made on ly a nominal charge for the job - much less than
was really justified. But then, my colleague has done me a few favours and
I owed him one.
So everyone was happy, particularly my colleague who had mentally
written the set off. But he is also a lot
wiser and realises it could have been
much worse. Not all devices carry
protective circuitry and not all protective circuitry works every time.
When you're mucking about with any
powe.r leads - even low voltage ones check and double check the polarity.
Finally, some thoughts on the polarity conventions used with DC
plugs. I happened to relate the above
story to an amateur friend, including
my embarrassment over the DC plug
sizes.
He grinned, "Oh yes, I was caught
that way myself the first time; it's a
common trap." (Now he tells me!)
But he was also able to demonstrate a typical conflict of standards
in regard to plug and socket polarity.
He produced a popular 2-metre hand
held transceiver; a Yaesu Musen
model FT-23R which, by all accounts,
is a very nice little unit.
As is typical of such devices it
operates from a slide-on nicad battery pack, 7.2V in this case, although
a 12V pack is available. The pack is
fitted with a 2.1mm phono socket (not
exactly the same as the DC plug, but
similar) which accepts a plug from a
charger. And moulded into the case
is a schematic portrayal of the socket,
with polarity markings clearly indicating that the centre conductor,
which becomes the tip of the plug,
should be positive. Fair enough.
As well as the battery pack proper,
there is also a dummy battery pack
available as an accessory. It is similar
to the real one but empty, its purpose
being to provide access to an externa l
power source, such as a car's 12V system. This is fitt ed with the same type
of socket ·to take the lead from this
source - except that (yes, you've
guessed it) this connection uses the
opposite polarity.
Why this distinction? I have no
idea. As far as I can sec, there is no
advantage one way or the other. Nor
does it matter, provided the difference is appreciated. But wou ldn't
there be less chance of accidents if
both connections were the same?
Anyway, that's my "Oops" for the
month. But here's another one from
my regular contributor, J.L. from overseas in Tasmania. Here's how he tells
it.
Crossed wires
This story is being written on a 6year-old BBC micro-computer. It's
now an old-fashioned machine, with
only 32K of user memory. But with
its operating system and the word
processor routine both in ROM , th e
machine has proved more than adequate for the jobs I us e it for.
Coupled to the machine is a dual
single sided disc drive, a Star Gemini
printeJ, an English Nightingale modem and a Thomas green screen
monitor. All in all, it represents $2500
worth of computer equipment and I'd
be totally lost without it.
Alongside me as I write is another,
far less fortunate BBC computer, the
subject of the photos on the following
page. It suffered from the careless
machinations of a would-be serviceman and is now a part of $2500 worth
of junk.
The photos tell most of the story in
graphic detail. What more need I say?
It seems that the owner of the machine wanted to operate it at a distan ce from th e nearest power point so
he asked his '·' friend" to make up an
extens ion power lead for him. The
so-called fri end did so, but crossed
over the active and earth leads, with
very expensive results. The 240V AC
was appli ed to the computer via the
earth line and blew the lids off most
of the !Cs on the main board. At the
time of writing, it seems that only the
keyboard escaped total destruction.
But that's not all! The 240V found a
path out of the main board to the
monitor, disc drive and modem lin es,
and played merry hell with all of their
Is Your Product
Or Service
Getting The
Exposure It
Deserves?
25,000 consumers will
read this page. They need
to see your advertisement
if you want them to buy
your product.
Contact Paul (018) 28 5532
or Ian (03) 696 5411
to reserve this space.
semiconductors along th e way. The
resultant current finall y went through
the printer, leaving a charred and very
exp ensive mess behind it.
If it had been my computer, I'd be
weeping tears of blood. But then, I
would have made up my own extension lead and I would have been more
carefu l with the active. neutral and
earth leads , wouldn't I?
(A lat er investigat ion showed that
even th e keyboard did not esca pe
entirely. Three chips. three resistors
and several diodes were totally
cooked . The key switches did survive
and they have been salvaged for possible use in mv machin e at a later
date!)
Well. that's J.L.'s story and, as they
say in the classics . that was a fair
dinkum, no-mu cking-about. kind of
"Oops".
Belting a VCR
Finally, here is a short story which,
as well as highlighting th e tendency
of some servicemen to assume th e
worst, may also provide a coup le of
helpful comments fo r other readers.
It was inspired by problems with a
Hitachi video recorder, mod el VT-33E.
TV TEST EQUIPMENT THAT WILL EARN
YOU MORE MONEY
(AUSTRALIAN MADE)
12 Months Warranty
SHORTED TURNS TESTER
Built-in Meter to check EHT transformers
including split diode type, yokes and drive
transformers.
$78.00 + $3.00 p&p
HI-VOLTAGE PROBE
Built-in meter reads positive or negative 050kV. For checking EHT and focus as well as
any other Hi-tension voltages.
$98.00 + $5.00 p&p
LOW VOLTAGE PROBE
Ideal for checking microwave ovens and
TVs. The ranges are from 0 to 5kV Negative
and from 0 to 10kV Positive. Double
insulated for safety.
$8_4.00 + $5.00 p&p
$75.00
10.00 p&p
+
<:......
_..
.~
DEGAUSSING WAND
7,700 apere turns. Strong magnetic field, larger
than usual coil with multicore centre . Double
insulated for safety with momentary on/off switch.
240V NC 2.2 amps.
This one is just about as important as having a
soldering iron in your toolbox!
REMOTE CONTROL TESTER
(INFARED OR ULTRASONIC)
j""'~
"-· -~·.:}
$85.00 + $4.00 p&p
TUNER REPAIRS
TV
.
Designed to test any lnfared or Ultrasonic
control units. With the extension lead you can
also test infared units which cannot be placed in
front of the testing unit. Requires a 9V battery.·
Output is via the LED diode and piezo speaker.
trom only $11.00 + p&p
. Cheque Money Order
Bankca;d or Masterca~d
We also repair most tuners on an exchange bas,s.
"•
•
11JNERS~216 Canterbury Road , Revesby,
~
NSW, 2212, Australia
Telephone (02) 774 1154
FEBRUARY1991
79
This is what 240V AC can do to a computer motherboard.
These burnt & melted chips were fed with mains voltage
after the active & earth leads were swapped on an
extension cord.
This model is about eight years old
and appears to have been very reli able. I have encountered few faults
until recently; just the odd minor one
or a routine head clean, etc.
But lately I have encountered several with what appeared, initially, to
be quite puzzling "funnies". In fact,
all were due to the same basic cause,
albeit with variations.
It's the drive belts that case all the
problems. There are no less than six
belts in this machin e and failure of
any one can produce a range of (sometimes) puzzling symptoms. Five belts
are on the underside of the machine,
while one is on the top side.
On the underside, two belts run
from the capstan motor which carries
two pulleys. One of these pulleys is
about 12mm diameter and engages a
wide belt which drives the capstan
shaft via an 80mm pulley. The other
pulley is about 20mm diameter and
engages a longer belt which then
drives a larger pulley (about 40mm
diameter).
This latter is on an intermediate
shaft which carries a second pully,
about 18mm diameter, and from this
another belt drives a second pulley,
again about 40mm diameter, on the
idler shaft. This carries the tyred idler
wheel which drives the takeup or
supply reel, according to the operating mode.
Also on the underside is the loading motor and this drives the two
arms which extract the tape from the
cassette and wrap it around the drum.
The link between the motor and the
loading mechanism is via two belts.
80
SILICON CHIP
It looks like a bombed-out factory in World War II. This is
another section of the main circuit board of the BBC
microcomputer after someone connected 240V AC to the
PCB earth track.
The loading motor pulley is about
10mm diameter and drives an intermediate pulley of about 20mm diameter via the first be lt. A second
(12mm) pulley on the same shaft is
then coupled via the second belt to a
20mm pulley on the loading mechanism shaft.
That accounts for five belts. The
sixth one , above the chassis, couples
the takeup reel to an impulse generator which feeds the microprocessor.
Its function is to confirm that the
takeup reel is functioning.
Faulty diagnosis
The recorder came to me with the
story that it sometimes refused to run
a tape. It had been taken to another
service organisation whose diagnosis
was that it was a microprocessor fault
and that, as an old machine, it was
not worth fixing.
I opened it, confirmed that no belts
had been changed, then put it through
the load function. It appeared to load
normally; the tape actually starting to
run. Then everything stopped. Acting on experience, I applied gentle
pressure to the last pulley in the loading mechanism chain. It moved a fraction and - bingo! - the tape began to
play.
It was a classic fault. Both of these
belts are prone to go spongy and lose
their elasticity. Then they will no
longer drive the loading arms fully
home; nearly, but not quite - and not
hard enough to activate a protective
sensor. So the machine shuts down.
(I admit that this one tricked me for a
while, the first time round).
Another rather alarming symptom
of this condition is that, as the system
attempts to load, it will produce a
violent screeching sound; something
which sounds exactly like a dry bearing about to sieze. That noise is simply due to one of the pulleys spinning against the belt.
The cure was simp le; a complete
set of new bolts and a now idler tyre,
plus a routine clean and lubricate,
restored the machine to first class
condition. So much for the "it's not
worth fixing" diagnosis.
A more obvious belt fault involves
the top belt coupled to the takeup
reel. This sometimes breaks and,
while the machine will load, it will
not run. The microprocessor knows
the takeup reel is not functioning,
and shuts the machine down. Fortunately, this is easy to pick.
I have also encountered a broken
belt in the drive from the capstan
motor to the idler wheel - the larger
one in this case. Again , while the
machine will load, it will not run,
because the microprocessor is being
told - genuinely - that the takeup reel
is not functioning.
This is also easy to see, but a slipping belt in this chain could create
more puzzling symptoms if it failed
only momentarily, in the middle of a
run.
All of which adds up to a simple
piece of advice. Any VCR of this age and the VT-33E in particular - which
exhibits similar symptoms, may well
have a belt problem. And don't muck
about; change all the belts. If one is
dead the rest are dying.
SC
OUR FIRST AFTER STOCKTAKE
CLEARANCE SALE
You get the bargains at never to be repeated prices
Universal wire wrap card Code:IF054
External Floppy drive controller card,
including case and
cables Code: oc122OE
Designed for engineers and other technical developers and is
fitted with universal
decoding component and
a user prog ramable 1/0
chip (PAL 16L8). This has
board 4000 wire wrap
holes which are plated
1
through for easy prototyping and is a full length card, with a D25 connector femal connector. For use on IBM PC/XT/AT or compatibles.
This is an intelligent floppy disk controller card for external drives. It can
be used with existing internal controller cards and supports all standard
drive formats. For use in IBM XT/ AT/
386-AT or compatibles.
$199.00
Save $26.00 only $99.00
Enhanced EGA graphics adaptor
Normally priced at $125.00
Code:VCEGA
Suitable for IBM PC/XT/AT with a full 256kB video memory. The card has light pen interface
• and external DIP switch for easy display mode selection. Only uses a short slot. Also features
auto-switch utility and will support 132 column text mode .. Provides 640 x 480 extended EGA
resolution.
Super Special only $50.00
STOCK CLEARANCE BUT ONLY LIMITED QUANTITIES ON THE FOLLOWING ITEMS
Adaptor tray for 3.5" FDD
Single height 5.25" external drive case
. Will fit in a 5.25" slot. These have
a black front panel
CAEX5 - These come complete with cables and a high
quality metal case.
Quantity : 13 only
only $5.00ea
Quantity: 4 only
only$20.00
Normalprice $25.00
Normal Price $99.00
Removable hard disk case
CAPO - Now you can remove your
hard disk without having to pull your
machine apart. Has key lock.
Quantity: 4 only
Fastcard for 8088 - IF286S
Upgrades your 8088 machine to perform
at the speed of an AT. Now there is no
need to throw out that old maachine of
yours.
Quantity: 12 only
only .$50.00
Normal Price $199.00
Multifunction 3.5MB / RS232
x4card
Quantity: 7 only
RC2350 - Expand your machine up to
3.5MB as well this card has 4 -RS232
serial interface for control of modems
or serial printers. Also has a parallel
printer port and game port. RAM not
included.
Now only $75.00 Normal Price $299.00
only $99.00 Normal Price $495.00
3.5" external drive case
Quantity: 9 only
Save$74.00
only $15.00
5.25" external drive case - CAEX52
Quantity: 7 only Save $100.00
now onlv $25.00
SEE OUR OTHER ADVERTISM£NT IN THIS ISSUE
FOR YOUR FREE 1991 CATALOGUE OFFER
Electronic Solutions
5 Waltham StArtarmon 2064 PO Box 426 Gladesville 211 1
Telephone: (02) 906 6666 Fax: (02) 906 5222
-[Z]
Due to Technical advances, products we supply may in some cases
vary from those pictured. In all cases the products supplied are guaranteed to perform to an equal or higher standard than those pictured
REMOTE CONTROL
BY BOB YOUNG
Galloping ghost - the missing link in
the evolution of proportional control
These days, modellers take proportional
control systems for granted, without realising
just how much better they are than the systems
they made obsolete. This month, we take a look
at a system which was popular before digital
electronics took over.
. Over the past few months, we have
discussed much in relation to the
modern radio control system but we
have yet to answer some vital questions: "what exactly is digital proportional control; why is it so good; and
how did it evolve?"
All of these questions will be answered in the following series of articles.
However, before progressing further, I would suggest that the reader
refresh his memory with the first article in this series, published in the
October 1989 issue, for much of the
history of the developments leading
up to this system was covered there.
For those who missed that article,
it is sufficient to state that prior to
proportional control, the typical
multi-channel R/C system was usu-
1 •
ally some sort of audio tone system
using either filters or tuned reeds for
decoding. Tuned reeds were by far
the most popular and successful system, certainly in this country and in
America.
Now the point here is that these
systems only gave two to three simultaneous controls (usually two) but,
most important of all, they only gave
neutral, full clockwise and full anticlockwise control positions. No intermediate positions were available.
This was not really satisfactory for
any form of modelling but despite
these shortcomings, the best flyers
could give demonstrations which
would be hard to distinguish from
those given by flyers today using ·
modern proportional control equipment.
01-lsec
,
I
~-A ~ ~ ~
~
DOWN
MAIN AERODYNAMIC FORCE= NEUTRAL
Fig.1: the inertia of the model plus the elasticity of the air will
average out a rapidly oscillating control to give smooth flight.
If the control oscillates symmetrically about the neutral
position as shown here, the result will be neutral control.
82
SILICON CHIP
We learned to adapt and we learned
all the tricks. A separate servo was
used for elevator trim , one which
could be nudged into the correct position and left there until retrimming
was required. A similar type of servo
was used for throttle as well.
Pulsed controls
Controls could be pulsed to average out the aerodynamic effects and
short pulses only gave small control
throws. Long pulses gave about half
throw and the lever held full on gave
full throw of course. The pulses never
showed up in the manoeuvres and all
looked perfectly smooth - in the hands
of an expert that is.
The average flyer, which included
myself, never really knew what to
make of all of these shortcomings and
thus we never really learned to feel
comfortable with this system. Believe
me, I crashed many a good model
trying to master this system.
Something had to be done, and we
all knew what it was. But the burning
question was how?
This problem, like all problems
when solved, turned out to be easy so easy as a matter of fact, that I was
stunned at the time at just how simple
and effective the system really was.
But let me tell you that the problem
occupied many of the finest minds in
the electronics world and baffled most
of them until the early 1960s when
two Americans, Don Mathers and
Doug Spreng, developed the proportional system as we now know it.
So complete was their approach
that to this day little has been changed
except the technology applied to solving the practical problems. However,
we are now a little ahead of our story,
I
TONE OR
CARRIER ONI
CONTROL POTS
REPETITION RATE
~1
J
ONI
I
0.1-1sec
#I
J
I
50% MARK/S PACE RATIO
_.,.
B1
1
!.i...
-T
B2 ,
!.i...
Fig.2: the "Galloping Ghost" system used mark-space/pulse rate encoding &
decoding. In this scheme, the decoded pulses controlled a relay & this in turn
was used to rapidly switch a small electric motor first in one direction & then
the other. The model thus responded to the mean aerodynamic position of the
control surface.
having missed that important step
mentioned earlier.
The Galloping Ghost
What on earth was the Galloping
Ghost? I can hear the readers now:
"this lad has finally flipped for real
and is now seeing apparitions". Sorry
to disappoint you, but "Galloping
Ghost" is the name given to that missing step in the proportional control
story.
Earlier, I mentioned that the inertia
of the model and the elasticity of air
will average out rapidly oscillating
controls and give a smooth result
around the averaged control positions,
as shown in Fig.1.
Now this phenomenon has two very
important uses:
(1). If interference or weak signal
areas are encountered, then random
noise intruding into the servo amplifier will strike some sort of average
which may be anywhere from full
down to full up. This average is changing rapidly but, combined with the
occasional snatch of uncorrupted
control data, will often keep a model
flying until full control is restored.
This is the factor that made PPM such
an effective system and which renders the concept of "fail-safe" (neutralised flying controls) invalid.
(2). It's also useful in the Galloping
Ghost type systems of constantly flapping servos, in which the rapid flutter is deliberately introduced and
averaged out to a mean aerodynamic
value by virtue of a controlled encoder. This is our missing link in the
chain of development leading to true
digital proportional control.
The basis of the Galloping Ghost
system was the concept of markspace, pulse-rate decoding. In this
system, a small electric motor was
connected directly to the terminals of
a relay which was switched by an
encoder. This encoder was controlled.
through gimballed joysticks driving
potentiometers, suitably arranged to
vary the mark-space, pulse-rate ratios
of the relay switching.
Oscillating control surfaces
The name "Galloping Ghost" came
from the franti c appearance of the
constantly thrashing control surfac es.
To hear a model gliding overhead
controlled by this system was a real
experience - the noise was unbelievable. Of course, the motor armatures
and brushes didn't take too well to
this sort of treatment.
Nevertheless, the system was remarkably reliable considering the
strain on the motors and relays. The
block diagrams in Fig.2 show the
theory behind this truly incredible
and very primitive system. Fig.3 gives
the timing diagrams for various combinations of mark-space ratio and
pulse-rate.
For a modern modeller, versed in
the art of digital electronics, the following system will seem almost incomprehensible, yet it formed a major link in the chain of development
and some really satisfying flying was
done using this system. It also serves
to indicate just how difficult the prob-
lem of achieving proportional control
really was and just how powerful the
techniques of digital electronics are
today
The electronics revolution has
largely been possible due to digital
concepts an d it is difficult for modern readers to realise that in 1960
very few of us had even heard of the
term , let alone had any knowledge of
the techniques involved.
Fig.4 shows the way the two separate control outputs are taken from
the servo drive disc, one for the elevator and one for the rudder. The series of diagrams in Fig.5 shows the
way in which the mean aerodynam ic
force is generated for the two controls; in other words, the decoded
output. The system worked as follows :
·
The transmitter was a conventional
single-channel type using either tone
modulation or straight carrier switching. A mark-space, pulse-rate encoder
controlled the transmitter and delivered to the receiver a coded signal
carrying two streams of data. One
stream cons isted of a signal with a
mark-space ratio varying from 20-80%
to 80-20%
Is Your Product
Or Service
Getting The
Exposure It
Deserves?
25,000 consumers will
read this page. They
need to see your
advertisement if you
want them to buy your
product.
Contact
Paul (018) 28 5532 or
Ian (03) 696 5411 to
reserve this space.
FEBRUARY1991
83
50-50 0.5sec
50-50 0.25sec
50-50 1sec
n
n
25-75 0.5sec
LJ
LJ
75-25 0.5sec
40-60 1sec
Fig.3: these timing diagrams show
various combinations of mark-space
ratio and pulse-rate for a proportional
control system.
The second stream was carried in
the coded signal generated by the
variation of speed at which this markspace signal was repeated, commonly
termed the pulse rate. This rate was
usually varied from approximately
0.ls to 0.8s. The exact rate depended
upon the transit time of the servo
motor.
Both these signals were of course
superimposed upon one another and
needed to be separated at the receiver
end. Now the logical and modern
thing to do would be to use , solid
state, mark-space, pulse-rate detectors
and this was eventually done in some
systems, but once this constantly variable DC voltage is generated, what do
you do with it? Remember, this is in
the days long before ICs and those
nice little op amps.
This was in the electronic dark ages
and electronic solutions were prohibitively expensive. I can remember
buying my first transistor around this
time; it cost me 25 shillings and I
bled for a week. However, we are
ahead of our story again.
Motor decoding
Modellers, being by nature a tight
fisted lot, came up with a primitive
84
SILICON CHIP
but effective system using a single
electric motor for decoding.
Fig.4 shows the mechanical arrangement of the basic mark-space,
pulse- rate decoder. The mark-space
decoder is simply a slotted yoke
mounted and pivoted at a suitable
point to allow the control pin to accomplish almost one complete revolution (80% of a revolution to be exact). This yoke is usually connected
to the rudder of the model, neutral
being at the 12 o'clock position.
If the motor rotates clockwise, the
rudder will turn right, for example,
and if the motor rotates anticlockwise,
it turns left. In practice, the relay is
switching constantly between open
and closed at a mark-space ratio determined by the transmitter encoder.
Thus, we now have a yoke which
will deliver to the control surface a
deflection which is rapidly and
equally varying around neutral if the
mark-space ratio is exactly 50%. If
the mark-space ratio is varied, then
the avtJrage position will shift from
neutral in an amount directly proportional to the mark-space variation
(Fig.5d & 5e) .
Fig.4 also shows the arrangement
for the pulse rate detector, which is
simply another yoke set at right angles
to the first and again pivoted suitably
to all9w the control pin to rotate freely
over 80% of a revolution.
If the pulse rate is taken to its highest, the motor oscillates quickly about
the 12 o'clock position and the averTO
ELEVATOR
DRIVE PIN
age deflection is considered to be "up"
elevator. (The rate control was usually connected to the elevator in the
model). As the rate was slowed, the
motor had more time to rotate and the
average position moved towards the
"down" position.
At the slowest rate, the elevator was
in the full "down" position. Note here
that, in effect, full down is really neutral elevator. Fig.5c shows the timing
of the arcs involved. However, the
dwell time at servo reversal added to
the down elevator effect and the trimming of the model biased the system
to account for the rest.
In this way, we achieved two proportional controls from a single channel receiver - quite a step forward but
well short of the requirements for a
model aircraft, in which four simultaneous controls are tL~ minimum
required for full control.
Note also that the decoding was far
from perfect, with a great deal of
mixing between controls occuring
(Fig.5 illustrates this quite clearly).
Theoretically, the transmitter joystick
should have been positioned in the
centre of a square hole, but in order to
overcome some of the problems of
the control mixing, which occured
mainly at control extremes, there were
some strange configurations at the
borders of this no longer square hole.
In fact, you had to learn to fly not
to the spring centre of the sticks but
to the feel of the model. If it was
going where you wanted it, then it
really did not matter much where the
stick was. You never had time look at
that anyway. Believe me , it was all
you could manage to keep the model
airborne.
It was ingenious, simple, cheap and
diabolically primitive. However it
worked, and worked well and gave
many of us a taste for a much more
professional system, if only we could
work out how to do it, that is.
New developments
RUO.OER
NEUTRAL
DRIVE DISK ON MOTOR OUTPUT SHAFT
Fig.4: this diagram shows the
arrangement of a mechanical markspace/pulse rate decoder. The markspace decoder consisted of a slotted
yoke connected to the rudder, while
the pulse-rate detector used a second
yoke (connected at right angles to the
first) to control the elevator.
There were several important developments that followed on from this
basic system.
One was the system marketed by
Dr Walter Good in which two audio
tones were transmitted simultaneously, each modulated for mark-space,
pulse rate. This gave four simultaneous proportional (galloping) channels.
Motor control was achieved through
a trimable (positionable) servo driven
~ t ,_
0
"
~
™
O
o~: +~J, - ~:,H"
"""'""'""'""''"
01.~i ~ ~
ol~. 1
~
0
RUDDER
{/
\) I.~
0.25sec
~h\/
EFFECTIVE
--Fi~,;::;,;:;,_,_EL_EV-AT_O_R
't'.f"
~
,Jj -
~,---
lsec
NEUTRAL
MIXING OR~:RFECT
DECODING EFFECT
Fig.5: this series of diagrams shows the way in which the mean
aerodynamic force is generated for the two controls; in other words,
the decoded output. Note how the rudder moves away from the
neutral position for mark-space ratios other than 50:50, while the
elevator position varies according to the pulse rate.
from a pulse om1ss10n detector on
each of the two tone channels - one
for high throttle and one for low.
This was a very sophisticated and
complex system for its time and held
us all in awe whenever the very occasional example showed up on one of
our fields. Here was a taste of what
was soon to come. The feel of the
transmitter was marvellous and those
twin proportional sticks felt just right,
compared with the five cumbersome
lever switches on our reed transmitters. Never mind that the performance of the rest of the set was as primitive as it is possible to imagine.
A model fitted with three flapping
controls was a sight to behold but at
the time, we thought it was great.
They were exciting days and it is
impossible for modern modellers to
comprehend the degree of yearning
that the dream of true, simultaneous
control generated in us.
One must remember that at that
time, a transistorised anything was
rare on our fields, for many of us
were still flying single channel valve
sets. As a matter of fact, I did not stop
producing valve super-regenerative
receivers until around 1969, long after I began producing a solid state
superhet 6-channel digital system.
Even then, the only thing that stopped
me was the difficulty in obtaining
valves and 22.5V batteries.
The demand for a valve system was
always there. In this respect, a trip to
the flying field was always very interesting, for one would see operating,
side by side, valve super-regen single
channel systems, superhet reed, 8channel audio tone, Galloping Ghost,
Walter Good dual Galloping Ghost,
and a host of home-made systems
using many and varied approaches.
The final step in the mark-space
systems came with the development
of solid state mark-space, pulse rate
decoders. These delivered a DC output proportional to the input. From
here the difficult part began. Just what
could you do with this sort of output?
These days, a DC-coupled, closed loop
feedback servo would be possible but
this was well before op amps.
The answer in those days was to
feed this power into a magnetic actuator. This device consisted of a circular magnet inside a coil wound at
right angles to the magnetic field. This
was lightly spring-loaded for return
to neutral. Thus, with the polarity
aligned in one direction, the magnet
would begin to deflect clockwise and
with the current flow reversed, in the
counter clockwise direction.
The greater the power fed into the
coil, the more deflection obtained.
They were not very powerful, giving
about 3-5 oun,ces on a spring balance,
but this was enough for a lightlyloaded, slow-flying aircraft.
They were quite accurate and gave
true and smooth proportional control,
free of the gallop and decoding mixing associated with the "galloping
ghost" systems.
They were, however, not the answer we were looking for. That had to
wait until two very gifted Americans
made their contribution to the field
of radio control and that story will be
told in next month's issue. See you
then.
SC
FEBRUARY1991
85
AMATEUR RADIO
BY GARRY CRATT, VK2YBX
Oscillators - which type is
best for you?
Last month, we discussed the operation of
quartz crystals. Following on from that article,
we discuss the different types of oscillators that
can be used in amateur equipment, both crystal
and free running types, and the advantages of
using particular types.
Without going into the detailed circuit theory behind oscillator design,
there are two basic conditions that
must be fulfilled in any design before
oscillation can occur:
(1). the amplifier around which the
oscillator is based must have a gain of
more than one; and
(2). positive feedback must be applied
between output and input.
Fig.1 shows the block diagram of a
basic oscillator. As can be seen, there
is a feedback path from the active
device output to its input, leading to
ACTIVE
DEVICE
INPUT
NETWORK
-7
t
!
the conclusion that the oscillator is
essentially a feedback amplifier that
supplies its own input.
There are many types of oscillator
designs, each with a particular advantage depending upon the application. In some applications (eg, the
local oscillator in a superheterodyne
receiver), it is necessary to use an
oscillator design having good spectral purity and stable frequency characteristics. Other applications require
a design that will be rich in harmonics; eg, a circuit requiring the use of
an overtone crystal,
Frequency stability is also often an important factor, as several
stages of frequency multiplication
may be used after the oscillator to
reach the output frequency. There
is also the added complication of
temperature stability. Because
temperature changes can affect
the operating frequency, care must
also be taken to maintain a stable
temperature.
1
~I
__J
Fig.1: block diagram of a basic oscillator.
Note the feedback network from active
device output to input.
86
SILICON CHIP
Hartley oscillators
Fig.2 shows the circuit of a Hartley oscillator. The frequency of
oscillation is determined by L1
and Cl. The amount of feedback
is determined by the ratio of the
reactance of Lla and Cl (the volt-
.---------ovcc
RL
C2
r----il_----,
_ _ _ _ _ _O V0UT
Fig.2: the Hartley oscillator. This type
of oscillator exhibits a constant output
voltage over its tuning range.
age divider network within the tuned
circuit), and the feedback energy is
returned to the tuned circuit by the
current passing through Llb and C3.
This type of oscillator is most commonly used in VFO circuits due to its
constant output level over the tuning
range. However, this oscillator type
has one major disadvantage and that
is the high level of harmonics. As can
be seen from Fig 2, the reactance of
Ll increases with the output frequency. This means that harmonics
of the fundamental frequency are
developed in the tuned circuit and
returned to the input, then being further c;tmplified before appearing, along
with the fundamental, in the output.
Thus, in order to use a Hartley oscillator sucessfully, a bandpass filter
is required after the tuned circuit.
Alternatively, a double tuned collector tank could be used.
Colpitts oscillator
The most common type of oscilla-
,---------ovcc
,------.----ovcc
R1
C4
01
CJ
CJ
v~
o---------..J
R2
.,.
Fig.3: in the Colpitts oscillator, the emitter of the
transistor is connected to the junction of two
capacitors (Cl & C2). The main advantage of this
configuration is low harmonic content in the
output.
tor using an inductive divider network is the Colpitts oscillator - see
Fig.3. This circuit differs from the
Hartley oscillator in that the emitter
of the transistor is connected to the
junction of two capacitors (Cl & CZ),
instead of tapping the inductor. The
voltage divider is formed by Ll & Cl.
Typically, Cl is three times the
value of CZ to ensure reliable oscillation. Changing the value of Ll or CZ
will change the frequency, while
changing the value of Cl will vary the
output level.
Colpitts oscillators are used because
of their high spectral purity. Because
the feedback voltage is developed
across a capacitor, the reactance of
which decreases at harmonic frequencies, the harmonic content is low.
However, the main disadvantage of
this type of oscillator is the difficulty
in varying the output frequency without varying the output level. In fact, it
is necessary to vary both capacitors,
whilst maintaining the ratio between
them.
The Clapp oscillator is a variation
of the Colpitts design, where a series
variable capacitor has been added to
the tank coil (Ll). This provides improved stability and allows tuning of
the oscillator. If the value of the trimmer is low compared to the value of
Cl & CZ, then the feedback ratio will
be largely unaffected when the oscillator is tuned. Fig.4 shows the details.
Crystal oscillators
Although the previous designs can
Fig.4: the Clapp oscillator is similar to the
Colpitts configuration but employs a variable
capacitor (VCl) in series with the tank coil
(Ll). This provides improved stability and
allows tuning.
Quartz Crystal
Oscillators
C1
R1
.--------0vcc
C2
.,.
Fig.5: quartz crystal oscillators are
used when good stability & high Q are
required. This Hartley oscillator uses
crystal Xl as the active resonant
element.
.,.
Fig.6: a crystal controlled Colpitts
oscillator. VCl allows some
adjustment of the output frequency.
be used in many applications, a-quartz
ing the inductance of the crystal and
crystal oscillator is inevitably used
Cl, while the energy to maintain oscillation is returned via CZ.
where good stability and a high Qare
required. Figs.5 & 6 show how a crysIn addition to fixed frequency ostal can be used as the active resonant cillators, circuits are available to alelement in both Hartley and
Colpitts oscillators. If an addi,-------vvcc
tional degree of stability is required, the Pierce oscillator design shown in Fig. 7 can be used.
VC1
CJ
The conditions to sustain osl---0 OUTPUT
cillation are present only at the
frequency which makes the crystal behave as an inductive reactance. Hence the crystal replaces
the inductor in the circuit. Variable capacitor VCl allows a small
adjustment to be niade to the output frequency.
The circuit operation is identiFig.7: a crystal-controlled Pierce
cal to that of the Colpitts oscillaoscillator. It operates in exactly the same
tor. The feedback voltage is deway as the Colpitts oscillator but offers
improved stability.
veloped by the network comprisFEBRUARY1991
87
.-------0+12V
RFCrr+gv
100pF
1mH
x1I'
~ - - --- - -
22pF
12MHz c,
100k
.00 1
D1
.01
1N4148
22pF
.,.
Fig.8: these two variable frequency oscillator (VXO) circuits
can be run at 12MHz and subsequently multiplied to
144MHz for use in a 2-metre transmitter.
,-----------------<J+9-12V
47k
01
OUTPUT
VC1
220pF
.,.
Fig.9 this modified Colpitts oscillator uses diode
switching to select between three different crystals
(Xl, X2 & X3).
270U
MWA120
2xHOT
CARRIER 4.lk
oUTPuT(J')
50U
'I
L1
1uH
L2
1uH
5-60pF+
Fig.10: experimental oscillator circuit based on the
Motorola MWA-120 MIC (microwave integrated
circuit).
low crystals to be "pulled" in frequency, allowing as much as 8kHz to
l0kHz of frequency change to be
achieved. These circuits are called
88
SILICON CHIP
variable frequency crystal oscillators
or VXOs.
In a 2-metre transmitter, if a crystal
oscillator followed by several stages
of frequency multip lication was used,
it can be seen that at least 100kHz of
frequency adjustment would be available at the output frequency.
Two circuits that can be used at
12MHz (and subsequently multiplied
to 144MHz) are shown in Fig.8.
A buffer stage should always be
used after a VXO to eliminate frequency pulling. VXOs are a compromise between cost (simplicity) and
full band coverage. However, if only
a small segment of an amateur band
is of interest, such circuits can be
used.
In addition, a scheme to switch
crystals covering segments of the band
could be implemented as shown in
Fig.9. Here, a Colpitts oscillator has
been modified to allow diode switching of a bank-of crystals.
A superior approach is to use a
VFO circuit, some of which are capable of operation over several megahertz at VHF or UHF. Without going
into design detail, VFOs for HF tend
to use large plate variable capacitors
and rely on mechanical stability and
vernier gearing to give good stability
and adequate frequency coverage.
These units often only need to cover
500kHz, as the output can be mixed
up to any HF band.
VFOs designed specifically for
VHF/UHF work tend to be PC board
mounted and varicap tuned, relying
on multiturn potentiometers or optocoupled controls for stability and frequency coverage.
Also of interest to amateurs working at VHF is the advent of MICs
(microwave integrated circuits),
which these days form part of many
RF systems. The most common MIC
is the cascade amplifier, often designed with 50-ohm input and output
impedances. Provided a resonant net-
work with a phase shift of 180° at the
desired operating frequency and some
form of current limiting external to
the MIC are used, output levels of
around 6dBm are achievable. Fig.10
shows the experimental circuit used,
based on a Motorola MWA-120.
Finally, Fig.11 shows a series of
circuits using an MMIC, illustrating
the simplicity of oscillator design
using these devices.
56-27DpF!
(FUNDAMENTAL)
Fig.11 (a)
Further reading
(1). Oscillator Design Handbook;
(2). ARRL Handbook; (3). VHF/UHF
Manual - G.R. Jessop, G6JP; (4). Es-
Fig.11 (C)
Fig.11: these three
circuits illustrate how
simple oscillator design
can be using MMICs.
They include a basic
70MHz oscillator (a), a
210MHz 3rd overtone
oscillator (b ), & a
330MHz fundamental
oscillator (c ).
IC1
uPC1651G
One of the most comprehensive
publications on RF oscillator design
has recently been released by Cardiff
Publishing Company, 6300 S.
Syracuse Way, Suite 650 Englewood,
Colorado 80111. Called "Oscillator
Design Handbook", it is available from
the publishers for around $20.
References
IC1
uPC1651G
IC1
uPC1651G
L1 f56pF
.07uH.,.
(3RD OVERTONE)
Fig.11 (b)
sentials of Communication Electronics - Slurzberg/Osterheld.
Footnote: The MWA-110/120 &
MWA-310/320/330 MICs should be
available from Motorola stockists (VSI
Electronics, etc). The uPC1651 MMIC
is available from Dick Smith Electronics.
SC
PC INSTRUMENTATION FOR THE 90s
Australia's widest range (over 10,000 items) of PC/XT/AT/'386 based engineering/industrial and
scientific hardware and software.
Applications include• Aerospace• Test & Measurement• R & D • Data Acquisition
• Image Processing • Communications • Control.
Call us today for your free catalogue.
SOME EXAMPLES OF OUR HARDWARE
PC-30D Revolutionary new low cost• 200 kHz analogue to digital
• 16 AID channels
• 4 D/A channels
• 24 digital 1/0
• Timer/counter
• Full software support (incl. source code)
PC-192 192 lines of digital 1/0
• 192 Programmable digital 1/0 lines
• 8 Industry Standard 8255 PPls
• Industry Standard pin outs
• Driver Software in C and Quick Basic
GP200 IEEE-488/GPIB Interface
• TMS 9914A GPIB Controller
• Fully compatible with IEEE-488 1978 spec.
• 14 Devices simultaneously supported
• On board clock oscillator
• DMA mode available
• Short slot/low power
PC-82 Universal Device Programmer
• Programs PALs, EPROMs to 4M PROMs, GALs
• Constantly expanding software device library
• Tests TTL 74/75, CMOS 40/45, SRAMs, PROMs
• Programs single chips without adapters
dsp boanl-fft'soehirp xforms•high speed low cost aid boardsoeurve fitting software• scientific plotting software• pal/eprom, programmer software• uv erasers• rack mounted monitors• rack mounted PC's• ruggedized rack·mountprinters • pc
expansion chassis • extender cables• ruggedized hard disk drives• solid state disk drives• labtech notebook• asyst 3.1 • easyest software• labwindows • labtech control software• control eg software • 400khz aid boards• pc lab boards• 1
mhz high speed das systems • on board microprocessor based systems• low cost data acquisition boards• 32 bit aid boards• workbench pc software• high speed analogue output boards • high speed digital i/o boards• relay control boards
•signal condttioning boards• rs422/485 interface boards• 800 mhz equivalenttime sampling digital scopes• ieee488 boards• logic analyser boards• waveform/frequency generation systems• quadrature encoder boards• stepping motor controllers
• stepping motor systems• servo motor amplifiers• pid loop controllers• mac hardware/software systems• engineering and scientific software systems• 8051 hardware/software systems• strain gauge amplifier boards• 2000 digital i/o boards
•training boards •screw terminal boards• image processing systems• low cost colour frame grabber boards• high speed frame grabber boards• black&white frame grabber boards• real time spreadsheets• data communication test sets• simulators,
cross assemblers & debuggers• led/led intelligent programmable displays with pc interfacing voice• output boards• pc performance analyser• pc based protocol analysers• high speed serial data comms board• digital filter board• thermocouple
boards • ultra low power consumption boards.
BOSTON
TECHNOLOGY
PTY LTD
EAST COAST
PO Box 415
Milsons Point NSW 2061
Ph: (02) 955 4765
Fax: (02) 922 1118
WEST COAST
PO Box 1093
West Perth WA 6005
Ph: (09) 321 2899
Fax: (09) 321 2891
FEBRUARY1991
89
ll
CPF
CONTINUOUS POWER
FILTEA SPIKE ARRESTOR
The Fortron CPF F1l1ered Electronic
Spike Protector p ro vides a prolectlve
eleclromc barrier IOf microcompu1ers
prmters. telephone sys1ems anel
modems elec1romc typewriters.
audio and stereo s-ys1ems and other
sens1hve e tectromc equ1pmen1
The C PF provides protec11o n trom
dangerous electrical spikes that can
caIJse anything from obvious damage
(llke 1mmed1ate equ ipment !a1!ure) to
less obvious harm that can dras11cany
shorten a system 's hie
CPF's superior c1rcu11ry design and
sem i conductor technology resp:,nds
in stan tly !O any potentially dam aging
ove1-vollage. ensuring safe trouble
free opera11on
l\e
"•· .1-··
f l---.l
2&4WAY
RS232 DATA TRANSFER
SWITCHES
THE BUTTON
SPIKE PROTECTOR
A simple way of monitoring RS232
interface lead actrvIty Interface
powered. pocket size !or c1rcuIt
~et~~g~aT~~~:;a
r e g~a~~~ng
2 spares 24 sw11ches enables you
to break oul cucuits or reconfigure
an:1 pa1ch any or all the 24 active
pos,11ons
SPECIFICATIONS :
Connectors : D825 plug on 80mm
nbbon cable and D825 socket
Indicators : Tricolour LED·s for TD.
RD. RT S. CTS . DSR. C D. TC.
AC. OTA. (E)TC
Jum per Wires : 20 tinned end pieces
Power : lnter1ace power
Enclosure : Black. high Impac!
plastic
Dimensio ns : 85 x 95 11 30mm
X 15700
.... .... $119.95
g
<> ~
Surges and spikes are caused no1
only by lightning strikes and load
switching but also by other equIpmen1
being switched on and off . such as
fluorescent lights . electric motors.
fridge freezers. ai r cond1t Ioners. e1c
For eflect1ve protection such spikes
must be stopped before they reach
your equIpmen1 Simply plug The
Bunon ,nto an outlet and it will protect
all equ,pmenl plugged mto ad1acen1
outlets on the same branch c1rcuI1
The Button employs umque metal
oiude vari ster technology and wi ll
d issipate 150 Joules ot electri.ca l
energy (nearl y twice that ot
comparable surge arresters I
SPECIFICATIONS,
¥g!:len:r~~VR~~~nf~o Joules
Response T1me 1Ons
Protec1to n Level 350V peak
$36.95
Addlhonalfy. C PF s hltenng capabihty
helps ehm1na1e 1roubtesome and
annoying inter1erence . general hash
cre.ated by sm all mo to rs. l tuoresceni
lamps. and the hke that threaten the
per1ormance and stx>rt en equIpmen1
life of unprotected elect ronic
componenl s
SPECIFICATIONS :
Electrical rating : 220- 260 volts
(AC) 50Hz 10 Amp
Spike/RF! Pro1ec1ion : 4.500 amps
tor 20m second pulses
M8i im um clamping v oltage : 275V
d1fferen11al mode
Cat.X1 0088
$69.95
ENCLOSED PRINTER
STAND
• Keep"> your paper ,l nel pr1nt-01,h
neal and ord ert v
• Transpar ent cov(•r 1n.ike~ 1! ed..,\I
to check on papPr ... upply
• Pape, can be fen 1rom thf' cenl re
or the , ear acctirdma to the de">,QP
o t the printe,
·
• RPmova b!e dr,,wer which allow..,
pape1 robe cn,rnqed wIt11ou!
moving thf" pi, n1e1
• AetractablP rf" ,tr b,1~ke1 mrlk ~..,
prIn1-ou1collpUic,n ta st ;ind
convenient
• Su11able frn mu ... 1 printer~
.
...
..
COMPUTER PAPER
Ouallty paper at a low pr1Ce I 2.000
shee! s ot 70 gsm bond paper
Cat C21003 11 • 9 12 ·
Ca t C21005 15 , 11 ·
$67.95
$44.95
KEYBOARD
EXTENSION LEAD
5 Pin Din plug and socket
Pl 9038 ..... .... ....... .. . $9.95
HEAD CLEANER DISKS
It o n! )' takes a minute am o unt
o f dust , dirt o r ma gn eti c ox ide
p a rticl es o n your drive h ea d s t o
cau se pro blems: erro r s,
d ow ntime o r a n ex pensi ve
se r vice ca ll . Regu l a r u se of a
h ea d cl eaner will k eep your
d ri ve free of troub l e cau sing
d i rt and h elp k eep your system
up a nd runnin g . T h ese disk
clea n er s are simpl e t o use, an d
include cl eaning sol utio n and
instru ctio n s.
• :{ 1/ 2"
C 12560 ....... ...........$6.95
• S 1/ 4 "
C l2 55 5 ...... .. ...... ... .S6.95
9 PIN TO 25 PIN
CONNECTOR ADAPTORS
NE W' The ,deal sotut•nn' Fea1ures
'~;~e~;n:~~~
1
20 only
4 WAY Cal X19125 only
2
$39
$49
2&4WAY
CENTRONICS DATA
TRANSFER SWITCHES
Save time and ha ssles of constantly
~~~~~~r
;~tt ~i •; ;e~~~~~ ~~v:~~fa
switches These data sw1lches
suppon the 36 pm cen1romc 1nter1ace
used by Centromcs . Printron1cs.
Data Products. Epson. M1cromcs
Star. and many other printer
manufactu rers.
• No power required
• Speed and code 1ransparent
• Two/Foui pos11Ion rotary sw,tch on
front pa nel
• Three,F,ve interface conne<J1ons
on rear panel
• Sw,lch comes standard with
female connector
• Bale locks are standard
2 WA Y (X19130)
only$49
4 WAY Ix191 3s1
onIY$59
UV EPROM ERASER
Erase your EPROMs q u ick ly and
safely. This unit i s t he cost
effective solut ion to your
proble ms. It will erase up to 9 x
24 pin devices in complete
sa fety, in about 40 minutes (less
lime for les s chips)
• Chip drawer has conductive
foam pad
• Mains powered
• High UV intensity al c hip
surtace ensures EF'ROMs are
t horoughly erased
Without timer
X14950 .. ...... .. .... •.. .. $129
W ith built-in timer
X14955 .... .. ... ....... ... $159
$69.95
-~~
II you have rwo or lour compattble
devices that need to share a third or
filth. then these inexpenSJve data
transfer sw11ches will save you the
hme and hassle of constantly
changing cables and leads around
• No power required
• Speed and code transparent
• Two/Four posI1 Ion rotary switch on
lront panel
• Three/Five 1nl ertace connections
on rear panel
• Switch comes slandard with
DISK NOTCHER
DELUXE PRINTER STAND
• Rr~lore~ 01c.1er !O youi work area
without occupying eictra space
• c eeds and 1etolds paper lJnder
tt1e prin ter automat1ca11,,.
• Atl1u~table pape1 deflector~
ensure ~moolh flo w ol pr1pr1
• Made 01 moulded plastic
• Suita ble IOI most prIn1cr~
C210S8 (80 column I
$69.95
DUST COVERS
Co n ve rt s 5 1/ 4 " sing l e sided
n o ppy d isk s t o d o ubl e si ded , by
p l ac in g an appropriat e n o t ch
i n I he fl oppy d i sk jac k et.
c 210?0 .... ..............s s.oo
X 1S6b8 DB9 Plug tu D8 25 Socke1
X 1565q DB9 5ockE>1 to 0B25 Plug
$8.95
DUST COVER
Keep your computer and
accessories free ot dust and
gri me whi le not In u se
MAGIC STAGE
A working bench tor your Mo use .
•High qu-, ity A BS plast ic and
an li-stati c rubberise d Pop
•S1a1ionary holder
•Includes pull-ou l s he ll tor
Mouse
-1• ."
XT HO CONTROLLER $129
AT HO CONTROLLER $199
RS232/ SERIAU
CLOCK ..... ..................... $59
MONO/ COLOUR CARD igs
MULTI 110 ....••.............•.•• $99
512K RAM ...................... $59
OIAGNOSTIC................. $849
nu PRINTER. ...............$99
RAM 2M AT EXTIEXP ..$225
SM AT EXT/EXP ........... $325
POCKET AUTO AB
SWITCHES
• Pocket s ize , auto -sca nning
• All ows 2 PCs to share one
Printer
XT' Cover Set
C21066 .............•... .$14.95
AT' Cover Set
C21068 ...... ...•....... •$16.95
Serial mod el:
MS-20 1 - Host-powered
X19150 .... .. ..... .. .....$79.95
Parellel model: MP-201
Pro toc ol transparent
X1 9 155 ...... ............ $89.95
LEADS
VOICE MAIL................ .. $245
PRINTER CARD ....... ...... $35
EGA CARD .................. ... $139
2 WAY FUD CONT.
(360K) ............................ .. $49
RS232 SERIAU
CARO .... ························· S49
GAMES ............................ $29
AT SIP GAMES .............. S35
41•1AY FOO CCINT.
(3S0·, .<4M)....................:$129.
2 WAY FOO CONT.
(3GO•U 4M)
····· $80
CLOCK CARO........ . ... $49
SMART DRIVE
ADAPTER IOEIFDC..........$89
SMART DRIVE
ADAPTER IOE 110 IFDC ... $119
P 1904 5
$99.95
3 'h" FLOPPY DISK DRIVE
EXTENSION CABLE
• IBM" compatible
• 0837 Male 10 34 IDC c:onnec ior
• I enqth O ~ me1re-.
P1 9046
$99.95
6 PROTECTED POWER OUTLETS
Ideal for protecting personal
com puters, video equipment,
colour TVs. amplifiers. tuners,
graphic equalisers, CO players etc
SPECIFtCATIONS :
• Electrical ra1ing : 240V AC , 50Hz,
10A
• 3 x Me1al Oxide Varistors (MOY)
• Maximum clamping Vo ltage :
each MOY: 710 volts at SO am ps
• Response time : Less than 25
Nanoseconds.
Xl 0086 ..................... $69.95
RS232 GENDER
CHANGERS
• Saves mod1tymg or replacing
non-ma1 Ing RS232 cables
• All 25 pins w ired straight lhrough
Cat X 15650 Male to Male
Cal X1 5651 Male to Female
Cat X15652 Female to Fema le
Norm ally $14 95 each
Only $8.95
MOTHERBOARDS
XT 10M MINI ...................... $120
XT 31M................................ $199
XT 12M STD. SIZE............. S199
SU NTEC AT 12M................$375
80386-25••• .~.£~.~!!!'..... $2,695
80386- 33 •.• ~1:!!~!1!\ .... $2,995
Stanmore. 2048.
RS232 MINI TESTER
• Male 10 fem ale connections
• All pm wired straight lhrough
• Dual colour LED 1nd,ca1es actcv1ty
and d1rec11on on 1 Imes
• No battenes or power , equ1 red
T D Transmit Data
D S A Data Set Ready
A D Receive Data
C D Carner Detect
A T S Reauest 10 Send
D T R Data Terminal Ready
C T S Clear to Send
Cat X 15656
No rmally $39.95
s
COPYHOLDE7
(YU-H32) /4
• Adju s tab~~ ar~s allows
easy p o s111onmg
• Copy are■ 91 12" • 11 "
• Sliding line guide
• Cla m p mounti ng
C21062 .•.•. ..... .$39.95
Phone (02) 519 3134
Fax 102) 519 3868
MELBOURNE: 48 A·secken St
Phone (03) 663 6151
NORTHCOTE, 425 Htgh St
Phone (03) 489 8866
CLAYTON , 56 Aenver Ad
Phone (03) 543 7877
MAIL ORDER&
CORRESPONDENCE :
P.O. Box 620. CLAYTON 3168
Order Hotline . 008 33 5757
(Toll free. str1ctly orders only)
lr1qu1r1es · (03) 543 7877
Telex: AA 151938
/Fax· (03) 543 2648
MELBOURNE PEA\ ERS
MICRODOT
177 SPRINGVALE ROAD
NUNAWADtNG. Ph.BIM 1255
GREENSBOROUGH
COMPUTERS
17 GRIMSHAW ST
(an Howard at) Ph : 434 8161
BRISBANE DEALER
YRC COMPUTER SERV1CE
1547 LUTWYCHE RD
LUTWYCHE, <030
ADELAIDE DEALER
..CROTRONICS
305 MORPHETT ST
ADELAIDE, 5000
All sales tax exempt orders and
wholesale inquiries to:
RITRONICS WHOLESALE.
56 Renver Road. Claylon
Phone: (03) 543 2166 (3 lines)
Fax : (03) 543 2648
PRINTER LEAD
• Suils
Only S24.95
RODIRVING
ELECTRONICS
SYDNEY , 74 Parramana Ad
SURGE BUSTER
• IBM " compa!1ble
• 083 7 Male to 34 way eoae
connector
• I ength O S me1res
CENTRONICS GENDER
CHANGERS
• Female lo Female
• Saves modifying or replacing
non-malmg Centromcs cables
• AU 36 prns wired stra1 ghl through
Cal X15663 Male to Male
Cat X 1566 1 Male to Female
Cat X1 5664 Female to Female
Normally $33 95 .
"illi
4 PORT SERIAL .............. $89
VGA 2561<. ...................... $199
VGA 512K. ...................... $299
VGA 1 MEG
......... $495
SPECIAL. ONLY $32.95
qoln plated pin">
eac h
.
IBM• PCI XT, compatibles
• 25 pin " O" plug (computer end)
to Centronics 36 pin plu!'.J
RIPPER STRIPPER
Rem ove ugly paper feed edges
qu ickly and cleanly with lhis
sim ple lillle gadgel
C21085 ... ............ ... $14 .95
•1.8 metres
P19029 ..•.......•. ...... $14.95
• 3 metres
Pl 9030 .... .............. $19.95
• 10 metres
Pl 9034 ................ .. $39.95
Errors and omtss1ons eicepted.
Prices and specifications subject to
COPY HOLDER
• Copy a1e! W ,.,;H,J,~l
• Sliding hne guide
• FIa1 metal base
C2 1060 ........ ..... . $39.95
change.
IBM· PC' Xl ". Al" •• ••19$1ertldtradoem.-,kS OI
In1~
11 Busonns M.ch ·~
,s 1
lrade<naf\.
"Denol1$ reg,s1ered
tr.clm¥1<sol """rr11P8(tl\1 0W.....-S
rl'jllls!..-tld
f
C-1
BNC PLUGS
AND SOCKETS
BNC MALE PLUG
1-9 10.99 100.
P10S14 $2.SO $2.25 $1 .50
_
BNC PANEL
SOCKET
I
IC SOCKETS
HEATSINK
COMPOUND
Heatsink compound is
applied to the base and
mounting studs of
transistors and diodes. II
maintains a positive
heatsl nk seal !hat
improves heat transfer
from the Hevice to the
heatsink , thus
increasing overall
efficiency.
H11800 .. 10g ...... $2.00
H11810 .. 1
.... $14.95
p
1-9 10 99 100 .
Pl0516 $2.50 $2 .25 $1.50
..
1:·
BNC CRIMP PLUG
1-9
P105JO
$2.85
10 -99 10('1.
$2.75 $2.00
~
BNC
SOLDERLESS
TWIST ON PLUG
1-9
10 -99 100.
p10531 n .50 s2.2ss2.oo
CANNON PLUGS
AND SOCKETS
CANNON TYPE 3
PIN CHASSIS
MALE
1-9
TRANDUCERS
Designed to transmit at
40kHz (L 19990) and
recieve at 40 kHz
(L 19991 )with up to 20V
1/P on the transmitter.
These units can't be
heard so are ideal for
TV remote control's ,
water level detectors,
burglar alarms, motion
detectors and
information carriers a~
they can be either
pulsed or used in a
contlnuos wave mode.
·Transmitter 1·9
10+
L 19990 ..... $3.95 $2.95
· Receiver
L 19991 .... $3.95 $2.95
10+ 100+
P10862 $3.50 $2.95 $2.50
ffl
GJL=-
CANNON TYPE 3
PIN LINE FEMALE
1-9
10+
100+
P10864 $3.95 $3.50 $2.90
t'CB MOUNTING
SCREW TERl,flNALS
CANNON TYPE 3
PIN CHASSIS
FEMALE
10+
100+
P108M $4.95 $4.50 $3.50
. '""
..
1-1
10+
25<
30< 26<
26<
35< 30C
40< 35<
30<
• P10521
so.so
3way
SO. 70 $0.60
10+ 100+
COMPUTER
CABLES
each $8.95
SO .BO
t-----------11
I---.,.,..,.,.,=.,.,.=.,..--=
-----
HAVE YOU
RECEIVED YOUR
DEfil"__J1 .0Q
NEW 1A8 PAGE RO
10+ IRVING ELECTRON!
s1.oo
CATALOGUE
FLAt.!ftNG ~OS
· red 5mm
210159
1.9
suo
WITH 32 PAGES OF
DATA~
WIRE WRAP
SWITCHES
IC SOCKETS
Jt you have 2 or 4 compatable
devices that need to share a
third or fi fth , then these
inexpenci vedata !ranter will
These quality 3 level
wire wrap sockets are
tin-plated phosphor
1
::::~:~ ~t~/i;;,:~;i~;::!~s
and leads around .
No power required
Speed and code tranparent
· Two or four position rotary
switch on fron t panel.
Switch c omes standard with
female connectOr.
RS232- 2 way ..................... $39
RS232- 4 way ..................... $59
RS232- X over .................... $69
RS232- 2 way auto ............. $69
Centronlcs- 2 way .............. $49
Centronics- 4 way .............. $69
Centron ics- X over ............. $69
Centronics- 2 way auto ..... $79
bronze.
1-9 10+
P10579
8 pin 1.50
P10580 14pin 1.85
P10585 16 pin 1.95
P10587 18 pin 1.95
P10590 20 pin 2.95
P10592 22pin 2.95
P10594 24 pin 3.95
P10596 28 pin 3.95
P10598 40 Din 4.95
1.40
1.70
1.80
1.80
2.75
2.70
3.50
3.50
4.50
IDCPLUGS
AND SOCKETS
FREE WITH
'f •
RECTANGULAR
LEDS
1-9 10.99 100+
RED
20c 15c 12c
GREEN 20c 15c 12c
YELLOW 20c 15c 12c
ORANGE 20c 15c 12c
1-9
10+
P12166
100 .
plug
$2.95 $2.50 $2 .00
• DA15P 1Splnplug
TRANSFORMERS
$3.50 $3.00 $2.50
••
$,C.50 $195 $3.SO
D TYPE ICC SOCKETS
9 pin 1ocket
1·9
10.
· OE9S
100•
P12167 $2.95 $2.50 $2.00
15 ~n eocke1
• DA 15S
2155
10+
1-9
240V 6-15V 1A
ea, M12155
$8.95
010500
010502
010504
010510
010518
010520
MU45
MU45
MU45
MU45
MU45
MU45
0-1m A $12.50
50l50uA $12 .50
0-100uA$12.50
0-5A
$12.50
0-1A
$12 .50
0-1A
$12 .50
Cat M16672
$12.95 $11 .95
AA 450mAH $1.95 $1 .75 $1 .50
C
HORNS
$12.50
$14.50
MU52E 0-5A $14.95
MU45 VUP
$14.95
MU65 0-50uA $16.95
MU65 0-1mA $16.95
MU65 0-'100uA$16.95
MU650--20V
$16.95
,
SUPER HORN
TWEETER
Requires no crossover and
handles up to 100 Watts
· Sensitivity : 100dBI 0.5 m
· Frequency response :
3kHz-3-0kHz
Independence: 8 ohms.
· Size 96 m diameter
Normally .................... $12.95
SPECIALS
2SJ49
2SJ56
2SK134
2SK176
1-9
$7.50
$10.00
$6.90
$9.50
ONLY .................... $9.95
10+
$7.00
$9.50
$6.50
$8.90
10W HORN
25 pin aoc:kat
· Plug
P 12200
10,
$3.95
100.
$3 .00 $2 .95
• Sor:ket
P1 :no 1
10 .
100.
$3.95 $3.00 $2 .95
~~
.,
_••
.
SPEAKERS
While durable plas1ic . 8 ohms
P12171 $4.50 $3.95 $3.50'
ICC CENTAONICS 36
WAY PLUG & SOCKET
1 2 A H $9.95 $9.50 $8.95
1 2 A H $9.95 $9.50 $8.95
0
MOSFET
$4.50
$4.95
2860 240 V 15VCT 250m A
Cat M 12860
S4.95
S4.50
6672 240V 15 30vc 1A tapped
NICADS
~
$3.95
P12169 $3.50 $3.00 $2.50
. oe2ss
010533
010535
010538
010540
010550
010560
2851 240V 12-6V CT 250mA
CatM121151
$1.10
$1 .20
Save a fortune on expens ive
thiow away batteries with
these quality Nicads and
Rechargers!
Size Desc . 1-9
10+ 100+
We have a great range of
panel meters at great
prices!
$7.95
$4.95
<
I•Nhililt ~
PANEL METERS
GALORE
2156 240V 6-15V A2
Cat M12156
S13.95 $12.95
2840 240V 9VCT
ea, M12840
I. '
S11010 O.P.O.T $1.20
S11020 O.P.O.T $1.30
010525 MU45 0.20V
010530 MU52E 0.1A
· DE9P • pin
'
t-----------t ~
t - - - - - - - - - - - f TOGGLE SWITCHES
1-9 10.99
1-----------1
P12170
The perfect solution!
Features gold plated pins
X15668 D89 Plug lo
D825 Socket
X15669 089 Socket to
D825 Plug.
$0 .80
$0 .80
P10880
Z10150(R)so.u so.10 $0. 10
Z10151 (G)so.:io S0.1 $ $0.12
Z10152(Y) $0.211 S0.l 5 $0. 12
DATA.
, 0825P 25 pin plug
ADAPTORS
100+
P10905 0825P $1.00
P10905 0825S $1.00
ORDERS OVER $100.
P1216a
9 PIN TO 25 PIN
CONNECTOR
10,88
$0.70
$0.70
$0.80
S0.80
P10895 OA15S $1.00 $0.80
P10902 0B25C $1.00 $0.80
A10452 ......... ...... $99
100+
!S0.60 $0.50 S0.40
«::::Ji
P10860 $4.50 $3.50 $2.50
RECIEVER SPECS,
H;<
30<
1--1
10+
1·9
$1.00 $ 0.70
P10890 OA15P $1.00
P1089 1 OA15S $1.00
P10892 OA15C $ 1 .00
P10880 DA15P $1.00
10G+
,QUALITY SMM LEDS
Receiver freq : 37.1MHz
Output level : 37mV(max)
Receiving sys : Super crystal
oscillation
Power sup : 9V battery
Volume control : Tuning Led
Dimmensions :115x32x44mm
Weight : 220grams
25• 22<
1!Ml8
Z10140(R) .... $0.15 $0.12 $0.10
Z10141(G) .... $0.20 $0.25 $0.12
Z10143(Y) .... $0.20 $0.15 $0.12
Z10145(0) ... $0.20 $0.15 $0.12
Transmitting Frequency :
37 .1MHz
Transmilting system :
Crystal oscillation .
Microphone : Electret
condenser
Power supply :9V battery
Range : 300 feel in open field
120 10C
18< 15<
,
1..
TheN terminal• feature
lnter1oc:king end ■ to form
any number ot conectlone.
Standard 5mm apaclng pine
• P10520
2 way
CANNON TYPE 3
PIN LINE MALE
1-9
,_, ,,
...... ,se
8 pin
14 pin .... 20f
16 pin .... 20f
18 pin ... :30e
20 pin .... 35<
22 pin .... 3Se
24 pin. ... 35<
28 pin .... ,SC
40 pin .... '5<
P10885 OE9S
QUALITY 3MM LEDS
RECIEVER
MICROPHONE SPECS,
Save a small fortune on these
" Direct Import" low profl~ le
sockets! PCB mounling solder
lall. All tin plale<f phosphor
bronze or berryllium and dua l
wipe lor reliability.
0B25 CONNECTOR
.
SPECIALS
===I~
MICROPHONE &
LOW PROFILE IC
SOCKETS
P105SO
P10560
P10565
Pt0S67
P10568
P10S69
Pt0570
Pt0572
Pt0575
====1.r;
====11r.
( CRYSTAL LOCKED
WIRELESS
(INTERLOCKING ENOS)
~
1-9
,ma
Cat. No. Descript ion
ULTRASONIC
- LEDS
Cat. C12010
12V DC FANS
80 x 80 .: 25 .4mm
12 V DC . 1.7 Watt . 0.14 Amps
T12469
.... $12.95
10+ fans only S11 .95 each
FANS
Quality. lans lor use in power
amps. compulers . hotspot
cooling e1c . Anywhere you nffd
plenty et air.
240V 458" T12461 .. $12.95
'15V 45 8" Tl 2463 .. $12.95
240Y 3 1 2" T12465 .. $12.95
115V 312"T12467 .. ·$12.95
MAIL ORDER &
VOLTAGE
REGULATORS
BARGAINS
D••crlptlon
7B05UC
7812UC
7815UC
71105UC
7912UC
7915UC
78L05
78L12
LM324
555
741
1-9
$0.50
$0.50
$0.50
$0.60
$0.60
$0.60
$11.40
$0.40
$1.00
$0.40
$0.50
All sales tax exempt orders and
wholesale inquiries to:
RITAONICS WHOLESALE .
56 Renver Road. Clayton
Phone. (03) 543 2166 (3 Imes)
Fax· 03 543 2648
Normally Sl I 95
CORRESPONDENCE
P.O. Box 620, Cloyton, 3168
Order Hotline: 008 33 5757
[Toll F,- Sb1ctly Ol'"der11 onty)
10+
$0.45
$0.45
$0.45
$0.55
$0.55
$0.55
$50 • $99.99 ...... $6.00
$0.30
$100 • $199 ••••••. $7.00
POSTAGE RATES
$1 • $9.99 .. . ....... $3.00
$10 • 24.00 ........ $3.50
$25 • $49.99 ...... $4.50
$11.30
$0.110
$0.38
$0.45
f
$200 • $500 ....... REE;,
$SOU Plus ......... FREE
Err
, Pnc
change.
1BM· PC· xr· AT· a,e, "IP, 1•
tntematQl'l.i 8u- s s Mach
•~Sle!tcl
!r ~
11r;
•
ua,o,nan, sot1fWl,,,,espec1tve
-~
~
'-f
The Story of
Electrical Energy, Pt.8
The largest hydroelectric machines in
Tasmania are in the Gordon River
underground power station, in the rugged
south western region. The subject of much
controversy in the past, it is an impressive
project by any standard.
By BRYAN MAHER
Exposed to the never-ending moist
gales of the roaring forties , the southwest corner of Tasmania boasts Australia's wettest temp erate climate ,
with 200 rainy days each year. Flora
and fauna, direct relics of ancient
times , still thrive in the cold rainforests . Rugged parallel mountain
.5es lying in a north west to south
easterly direction and broad valleys
cut by inaccessible gorges posed a
nearly impossible task for the surveyors and engineers.
Although recognised since World
War 1, the hydroelectric potential of
the Gordon River was not thoroughly
investigated until 1961. In March of
that year, a hydrology analysis station was established on the Serpentine River. Measurements of precipitation and runoff predicted that 500
to 1000MW could be generated from
the Gordon, Huon and Serpentine
rivers.
That was easier said than done! Just
reaching the site, let alone bringing
in heavy machinery, was a major effort. A rough access track, suitable
only for tracked vehicles , was constructed in 1960 to McPartlan Pass.
Helicopters were necessary to build
research stations on Lake Pedder and
the upper Huon River. The region was
accessible only in summer, when
snowfalls and driving south westerly
gales usually abated.
To verify the choice of dam site on
the Gordon (1.5km upstream from the
Serpentine confluence), a camp was
·established. Here intensive surveying,
geological mapping, exploratory tunnelling and drilling occupied the
summers of 1963 and following years.
Approval by parliament in 1967 of
the $185 million scheme started construction destined to increase the
state's electricity supply by 23 %. The
ambitious plan involved a 140-metre
high dam blocking the precipitous
gorge on the Gordon river. The 260
square kilometres of Lake Gordon thus
formed would join an elevated version of the existing Lake Pedder to
create Australia's largest fresh water
storage. After a road was built to the
dam site in 1969, diversion tunnels
were the next to be built.
River diversion
Taken when the Gordon Dam was almost complete, this photo shows the
extreme curvature of the structure - a classic concrete arch dam.
92
SILICON CHIP
To enable the building of the Gordon Dam, the river had to be temporarily diverted. This was done in two
stages in 1969/70. First, a reinforced
concrete coffer dam was built upstream from the main dam site. The
water thus impounded flowed
through a 350 metre long tunnel bored
through the gorge cliff, exiting well
down stream. Then a second stage
diversion was built closer to the dam.
Subsequently, the first diversion tunnel was sealed with a concrete plug
and the coffer dam demolished in
--:-·-~·
<t~' )'t j,
·~
!i
""'
Most dam projects require at least two dams, one a temporary coffer dam which
lets construction start on the main dam. This upstream photo of the Gordon
Dam during construction shows the remains of the coffer dam after it had been
demolished.
FEBRUARY1991
93
The arched design transfers most
of the water force onto the steep rock
cliffs which form abutments on each
side. Begun in 1972, the dam was
completed in 1974, but it took 4 years
to fill. The weight of water exerts a
pressure of 1.4 megapascals (ie, 14
kilograms per square centimetre) at
the base of the dam wall. As the dam's
security depends on the stability of
the abutments, electronic transducers were buried within the concrete
wall. Computers in Hobart monitor
the electrical readings to constantly
assess the conditions.
At the same time as the dam was
being constructed, an 80-metre high
intake tower was built with an access
bridge above spillway water level. At
the top of the tower are controls for
the 75-tonne cylinder gate valves,
located at the bottom, which control
the bulk water flow to the power station below. The flow of water (415
cubic metres/sec) can be totally
stopped, if need be, by the cylinder
valves in only 20 seconds.
Water falls via the 8.23m diameter
shaft, then runs horizontally to the
turbines, as the cross section diagrams
show. The 356-metre power tunnel
was completed in 1973 and the following year the dam began to fill.
Underground turbine room
This photo shows the underground Gordon power station during construction.
The inlet valve and turbine casing for the No.2 machine can be clearly seen.
1970. Similarly, the Serpentine River
was diverted so its dam could be
commenced.
As the region was totally uninhabited, Strathgordon Village was built
to house the workforce, while design
of a twin 220kV power line to the east
commenced.
The proposed site of the underground power station proved to be
unsuitable because of unfavourable
rock structure. The geology of south
west Tasmania consists of 700 million-year-old sandstone with limestone outcrops and ancient lava intrusions up to 300 metres thick.
A quarry and cement plant was
built on a knob hill overlooking the
river and roads were built to the bottom of the 400-metre deep gorge.
Roads and an overhead cable way
94
SILICON CHIP
carried men and equipment to the
dam site. Using twin haulageways and
four tower cranes, by 1972 the first
concrete was being poured in the
Gordon Dam structure. The following
year, the excavation of the re-sited
underground power station began.
The Gordon Dam
Rising 140 metres above its foundations (higher than Sydney Harbour
Bridge), the Gordon dam is a classic
reinforced concrete arch; the largest
of its kind in the southern hemisphere. Only 200 metres long, it tapers in thickness from 17.68 metres
at the base to 2.74 metres at the top.
Containing 280,000 tonnes of steel
and concrete, the dam is constructed
with its convex curvature facing upstream.
The construction of a power station within the bowels of a mountain
tests the expertise and experience of
engineers to the limit. The procedure
used was to excavate the underground
turbine room from the top downwards. The artificial cave was first
dug out down to crane rail level. The
crane runway structures were set into
the rock walls, then the cranes assembled and operated.
The work then consisted of digging
out the floor using tracked hydraulic
boring equipment until the full 32metre depth was reached.
As machinery was set in place, tiling contractors then lined the ceiling.
The walls were faced and lighting
was set in place. Various floor levels
were then constructed; above and
below the alternators, at basement and
above the turbine runner height.
Reinforced concrete busbar troughs
were built around the walls to house
the generator output conductors
which run from each machine to the
vertical shaft, thence up to the aboveground substation. The final appear-
tured in Germany by Siemens and
assembled on site. The heaviest component is the 269-tonne rotor; so
heavy that it was lifted into place in
sections by the two overhead travelling cranes. The 22-pole stators for
each machine , weighing 168 tonnes
when assembled, were lifted into
position by both cranes.
When fully assembled, the total
314-tonne weight of the rotor, turbine
and coupling shaft hangs on one vertical thrust bearing and is aligned by
a number of guide bearings. So accurate is the alignment and so smooth
the lubricated bearings that two men
can turn the total rotating mass by
hand (at a very slow speed of course).
Having done its work in turning
the turbine, the water falls through
the fabricated steel outlet draft tube
to the tailrace tunnel. This huge conduit , 9 metres in diameter, carries the
Hydroelectric alternators are very big machines, especially compared to those
driven by steam turbines. This is one of the stators in the Gordon Power Station.
ance of the main floor of the power
station, high above the lop of the alternators, is shown in one of the photos. Only the exciters are visible from
the operating floor; stairways give
access down to all other levels.
Simultaneously with the turbine
room construction, the boring of the
inlet and outlet water tunnels proceeded. As already noted, the inlet
shaft has a diameter of 8.23 metres.
This main water conduit and the branchings to each turbine are lined with
concrete and a great deal of trouble
was involved in obtaining smooth
contours throughout.
Smooth contours
Smooth pipe contours are necessary to obtain laminar water flow with
minimum turbulence. Turbulent flow
implies a severe energy loss which
must be avoided for best efficiency
and least wear in the tunnels and
turbines.
The cross section diagram of the
power station shows the water pathway. Controlling the flow through
each turbine is a 2.8-metre diameter
hydraulically operated rotary inlet
valve. The station's two 90-tonne
capacity cranes were used in tandem
to lift these 116-tonne valves into
place during construction. From each
valve, the water flows into the tur-
MAX . LA~f LE VEL
$ .L. 30 &m
bine at a rate of 86 cubic metres per
second.
Francis turbines
Each 150MW Francis vertical shaft
water turbine consists of a welded
steel spiral casing in which the turbine runner rotates. The 100-tonne
spiral casings were fabricated in the
HEC workshops and were then lifted
into position and embedded in concrete. In op eration, the water enters
the spiral casing at the large diameter
end. Flowing around the spiral towards the small diameter end, th e
water is forced to flow through the
turbine runner before falling downwards. The water thus rotates the turbine and the direct coupled alternator above.
Each 3-metre diameter turbine runner, the most critical mechanical
component, was cast by Fuji in one
piece of stainless steel. These 23tonne castings must have smooth
blades polished almost to mirror finish to reduce water friction and enhance efficiency. The chromium
component in the stainless steel alloy
inhibits pitting and corrosion which
would otherwise increase losses.
Each turbine runner is coupl ed by
a long 22-tonne vertical shaft to the
rotor of the alternator above. These
144MW generators were manufac-
LAKE
GORDON
GAU. EI-H•' .... -•··
~---,J~
GHOUl
,/ /.,,j
COfHAIN
t
-. .,. ·-!--··· ORAINAG E
I CURTAINS
l
The cross section of the Gordon Dam
shows it to be a very thin structure,
relative to its height. Note that it is
curved vertically and horizontally.
FEBRUARY1991
95
This photo really does show the scale of the Gordon hydroelectric scheme. This
is the 8.23-metre diameter inlet water tunnel with the three raceways running
off lo Lhe left. Note how smooth the concrete is, to minimise turbulence.
total outlet water from all machines
1.6km downstream to the lower Gordon River.
Scale working model
To test the performance of the turbines and verify the design , the Fuji
Electric Co of Japan constructed a true
118th scale working model. This
model turbine used water flow and
full load to ascertain the efficiency,
speed characteristics , stresses, strains
and the extent of cavitation.
In any turbine of the Francis or
Kaplan types (as with ships' propellers), water flow patterns are critical.
Cavitation means a non-ideal action
wherein the turbine or propeller generates bubbles of water vapour close
to the steel blades. As this water vapour is compressable (whereas liquid
water is not), less than ideal forces
act between turbine blade and bulk
96
SILICON CHIP
water. The result is that full power
transfer cannot be realised from the
machine.
Thermodynamic theory shows that
there will always be some cavitation.
However, this effect can be minimised
by optimum design of blade dimension, shape and contour.
In operation, the generator runs at
272.7272 RPM (long term average). But
as with all generators, the sudden
application of a heavy load must
cause a momentary reduction in speed
until the water valve opens incrementally to compensate. Load reduction
causes the reverse. However, the very
heavy rotating mass of large hydroelectric generators provides a great
spinning reserve of energy, helping to
maintain system frequency during
changes in load.
The 18kV 5000A 3-phase output of
the alternators is carried by hollow
square aluminium busbars through a
190-metre vertical lift shaft to the
aboveground substation. Here the
power is stepped up to 220kV for
transmission to Hobart. Each transformer weighs 194 tonnes, so heavy
that a special technique was used to
transport them to the site.
Carrying frames
Instead of an enormous trailer being
used (which would be too long for
manoeuvrability) a special pair of
carrying frames were built. Each
160MVA transformer was supplied by
the manufacturer, Reyrolle-ParsonsWilson, complete with special transporting frames . After being lifted from
ship to wharf, the triangular frames
were bolted to the front and rear of
the transformer casing. Multiple road
wheels supported each triangular
frame, while a heavy Pacific prime
mover hauled the assembly.
The switchyard and power line in
the Gordon regions were designed to
_________
23 · 165 METRES
,ii!
___,
UHF HIGH GAIN ANTENNAS
!I
if
ii
H
f/
ROCK BOLTS
antenn
existing
systems
triangul
powder
coated
receiving
elements ensures excellent UHF reception
compared to other UHF antennas of similar size
and price. Two models are available: the TVA 14
for Band Four and the TVA 15 for Band Five UHF
reception. Both models are supplied with back
reflectors to prevent ghosting as well as a
waterproof entry box designed to accept 75 ohm
coaxial cable without the need for addittional
baluns. They also have predrilled holes for
securing the tilt adjustable metal mounting
bracket in either a horizontal or vertical position.
90 .i 10 T ON TWIN
OVERH EAD C:__l'! A"'_~S
~········-·····
, __;r~J?~s12y·
l,ll
IIJ
...cc
w
:lF
0
(jt
0
Imported and dlatrfbuted by:
M
ARIS'&
ELECTRONICS
Aval/able through the following retallera:
Ritronlcs.
56 Renver Rd.
Clayton.
V/ctoria. 3168.
(03) 543 2166.
Bernys.
Brldgepoint.
Military Road.
Mosman. 2088.
NSW. (02) 969 1966.
DRAFT TUBE
··-
GATE
CHRISTIAN
BLIND
MISSIQ~ ·d
Re$toti~t t~~~,, M,~
This cross sectional diagram of the Gordon Power Station shows the scale of the
project. The station capacity is 432MW, with provision for two more machines.
blend as much as possible with the
scenic surroundings. ACSR (Aluminium Conductor Steel Reinforced)
conductors 25mm in diameter were
used for the twin power feeders, using an average span length of 450
metres. In the sensitive Gordon River
regions, towers were constructed of a
special steel. This develops a uniform stable rust coating which inhibits further corrosion. The dark colour
blends successfully with natural surroundings.
The first two generators were completed and commenced supplying
load in 1978. Full load commercial
operation was achieved in 1978/79.
After 3½ years work and an expen-
diture of $38 million, the installation
of the third turbogenerator at Gordon
Power Station was completed in 1988.
This raised the total station capacity
to 432MW.
The station still has provision for
two more machines. If installed, these
would raise the available peak load
output. However, the total output in a
year would not be increased as this is
limited by the rainfall and snowfall
within the catchment area.
Lake Pedder
To supplement the water storage of
Lake Gordon, the level of Lake Pedder was raised by the Serpentine and
Scotts Peak dams and the small Edgar
COUPON
Please cut and send to:
CHRISTIAN BLIND MISSION
INTERNATIONAL, P.O . .Box 5,
1245 Burke Road, KEW. Vic. 3101
Phone: (03)817-4566
e
D Please send me further information
about CBMl's work.
As long as it is possible for me, I will help:
monthly D quarterly D annually
D to prevent blindness
D to restore eyesight
D to rehabilitate the blind
Enclosed is my gilt of S _ _ _ _ _ __
D
Mr/ Mrs, Miss,
Street , __ . .
City , _ _ .. .
. P051code,
FEBRUARY1991
97
The third machine, installed in the Gordon Power Station in 1988, raised the
station's maximum output to 432 megawatts.
levee. Though much smaller than the
Gordon, these two additional dams
are an integral part of the scheme.
The Serpentine Dam, on the river
of the same name near Mt Sprent, is a
38-metre high mass of concrete-faced
rockfill 131 metres long. Much bigger
is the Scotts Peak Dam, just over a
kilometre in length but only 43 metres
high and containing about a million
tonnes of rockfill under its concrete
skin. These two small dams, with the
Edgar levee, impound the Lake Pedder catchment, raising the water to
approximately the same level as Lake
Gordon.
The McPartlan Pass Canal, 2.66km
long, was cut to allow water to flow
either way between the two lakes.
Normally water flows from Pedder to
Gordon but flood rains in the Gordon
catchment can also be stored in Lake
Pedder.
The Tasmanian parliament and the
Hydro Electric Commission recognised that the intrusion of man into
previous! y inaccessible wilderness
regions must cause adverse effects.
Certainly the flooding of the small
but beautiful original Lake Pedder
provoked serious environmental controversy.
The Gordon power station contributes a large percentage of the total
state power loading which reached
an all-time peak of 1.4505 Gigawatts
in June 1989.
The control of the entire Tasmanian
hydroelectric system requires many
factors to be taken into account. Not
only must power be immediately
available at all times but also water
resources must be carefully husbanded. Accurate weather forecasts
must be taken into account. These
factors and other Tasmanian dams and
power stations will be investigated in
a later chapter of this series.
References
(1). Tasmanian HEC literature.
(2). "Australia the Beautiful Wilderness"; Bob Brown.
(3). "Australia's Wilderness Heritage"
Vol.1; Geoff Mosley.
(4) . "Australia the Greatest Island";
Robert Raymond.
Acknowledgements
Big alternators require big transformers and these cause big headaches in
transportation. This photo shows the solution used for the Gordon power
station transformers - a special carrying frame hauled by a heavy prime mover.
98
SILICON CHIP
Grateful thanks to the Tasmanian
Hydroelectric Commission and to Liz
Emson for data, photos and permission to publish.
SC
ORDER FORM
--
USE THIS FORM FOR ALL YOUR SILICON CHIP ORDERS
SUBSCRIPTION:
0
a
RATES:
NEW SUBSCRIPTION: Month To Start._ _ _ _ _ _ __
RENEWAL: Sub No. _ _ _ _ _ _ Start In, _ _ _ _ __
Q GIFT SUBSCRIPTION: Month To Start_ _ _ _ _ _ __
,,::c
o
GIFT SUBSCRIPTION DETAILS
Mr/Mrs/Ms: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
(PLEASE TICK ONE)
2 YEARS
(24 ISSUES)
1 YEAR
(12 ISSUES)
Australia
Australia With Binder
NZ & PNG (Airmail)
Overseas Surface Mail
Overseas Airmail
□$A84
□$A105
□ $A13O
□ $A13O
□SA24O
□$A42
□$A53
□$A65
□$A62
□$A12O
-I
0
(")
,,
0
Address: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
SPORTS SHIRT
<
-I
::c
iii _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ Postcode,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
"II
Please send me _ __ _ _ Sports Shirt(s) <at>$A24.95
I SILICON CHIP BINDERS
Size: _ _ _ _ S, M, L, XL, XXL Total $A_ _ __
including postage (NZ add $A3)
0
"II
~ Yes! Please send me. _ _ _ SILICON CHIP binder(s) at $A 14.95 each
C
Cl
0
(including postage) TOT AL$ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ __
z
~
(Overseas Orders add $A3 each for postage)
_
SLOPPY JOE
Please send me, _ _ __ _ Sloppy Joe(s) <at>$A27.95
including postage (NZ add $A3)
Size: _ __ _ S, M, L, XL, XXL Total $A,_ _ __
::E
iii
::c
ti
BACK ISSUES:
ISSUE
$A5.00 each (includes postage). Overseas orders add $A 1 .00 per issue for postage.
YEAR
ISSUE
YEAR
ISSUE
YEAR
ISSUE
YEAR
(")
C
-I
-I
::c
,.'"3:
,.
c:,
TOTAL $A
!::!
z
'"
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $..c..
, _ _ _ _ __
or please debit my
Card No .
Ill O
I
V/S4
1
rmi
lri.
I~ [
Mr/Mrs/Ms: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Address:. _ _ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Card expiry date
Signature· _
_ _ _ __ _ __
_ _ _ _ __ _ _ Postcode: _ _ _ _ _ _ __
24 Hour Fax Service
Subscription Hotline
(02) 979 6503
Send the coupon with your
Credit Card Details.
24 Hours, 7 Days a week.
Telephone (02) 979 5644
9am-5pm Mon-Fri
and quote your Bankcard, Visa
Card or MasterCard No. and
expiry date.
Detach and Mail to:
FREEPOST 25
SILICON CHIP PUBLICATIONS
PO BOX 139
COLLAROY BEACH NSW 2097
No stamp required in Australia
FEBRUARY1991
99
ASK SILICON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can't understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we'll answer your question. Write to: Ask Silicon Chip, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
Sick Jaguar needs
better spark
I have built and installed the High
Energy Ignition System (described in
May 1988) on my Renault and I am
very happy with it. Now, I am considering installing a similar system on
my 1983 Jaguar since it has not been
performing as well as it should of
late. However, before I proceed, I need
some additional information.
The Jaguar handbook makes reference to the system having a 6V coil,
and then later on, to a 12V coil. I am
confused and the Jaguar people here
do not seem to be able to give a clear
answer. The coil also seems to get
very hot. On some occasions the car
has refused to pull away from a stop
Big bang for
big bucks
Having just read about the DCDC converter featured in the December 1990 issue of SILICON
CHIP, you have just filled one of
the many holes in my limited electronics knowledge. It has urged
me to find out more.
At present I am looking down
the barrel of an $800 subwoofer
setup to complement my highpowered Alpine car audio system.
This leads me to my ponderings:
How would a famous brand 10inch woofer (22Hz-12kHz, 89db/
WIm, unknown R) for a car compare with a Dick Smith 12-inch
driver (25Hz free air resonance,
96dB/W/0.5m, 8Q), both driven by
a bridged 200W car amplifier?
I have noticed that some home
style drivers look quite wimpy in
the magnet department when up
against their road-going counterparts. Is this to compensate for the
lack of damping provided by the
voluminous Aussie car boot?
My second component hurdle
is the crossover. I have a copy of
100
SILICON CHIP
and has even stalled. It then starts iar with Jaguar ignition systems and
and drives as normal. A new coil is get it fixed. You could be asking for a
very expensive, by the way, at around . lot of trouble in hooking up the SILI$200.00.
CON CHIP ignition design to a car
Hence, my thoughts about chang- which already has a breakerless igniing the ignition system. Will the high tion fitted and one which has a repuenergy ignition system work with a tation for using specialised parts.
6V coil? And how do I hook it up to
the breakerless distributor on the car? Ignition kill switch to
(J.E., Melbourne, Vic).
• In the past, we have been asked be triggered by oil loss
whether the High Energy Ignition
I have an idea for using a normally
System will work on 6V cars and our closed relay to switch the line to the
reply has been that, as far as we know,
ignition system in the event of oil
it will work without modifications.
pressure loss. One side of the relay
In your case, however, we must urge coil would be connected to the posicaution.
tive side of the ignition coil primary
We really think that, in spite of the winding while the other side would
expense, your best approach is to con- connect to the oil pressure light on
sult an auto electrician who is famil- the dash.
Richard Kaufman's "Enhanced
Sound" in which he almost enticed
me into building a 112Hz asymmetrical crossover but to my horror, it had to have a dual polarity
supply for the three TL072s involved. How can I substitute the
TL072s for 12V single polarity ICs
and still be as simple as in the
book?
Your DC-DC converter story mentioned a 100W amplifier module
from a previous edition of your
magazine. I assume that when this
amplifier is matched to your converter, the 100W rating is into 8Q.
What would happen when this
combination drove a 4Q speaker,
as used in car audio? (C. A., Babina,
Qld).
• OK, we'll answer your questions
in order. The problem with comparing different speaker drivers is
that you are comparing apples and
oranges. Both may sound (taste?)
pretty good when installed in the
correct enclosure and it becomes
important to ask about power handling and efficiency. Car speakers
are often quite inefficient but, as
you have noted, they often have
really big magnets and a stiff suspension to make up for the lack of
correct baffling.
Converting your crossover circuitry to 12V single supply operation happens to be quite easy in
this case. All you do is connect
two 22kQ resistors in series across
the 12V supply and a 22µF capacitor from the centrepoint to the
OV line. This then becomes a
bypassed 6V supply to feed the
non-inverting (+) inputs of op
amps IC1 and IC2.
The 100W module referred to in
the DC-DC Converter article was
the one described in the December issue of SILICON CHIP and it
delivered that power into a 4Q
load from ±40V rails. The Studio
200 stereo power amplifier used
the same modules but with higher
rated transistors and ±50V rails
and was rated at 100W into 8Q
loads. Depending on the power
supply regulation, it can deliver
up to 190 watts into a 4Q load.
Having said all that, we suggest
you hang off for a bit on your subwoofer project. We hope to do one
in the next four or five months.
A diode would be connected in
series with the relay coil to prevent
Difficult reception in
the oil pressure light from getting a
remote Tasmania
'false' ground through the ignition coil
and points. A pushbutton switch also
I live in a north/south valley
needs to be included to allow the
only about 20km west from Hovehicle to start, because the oil presbart's. Mt Wellington (as the crow
sure is zero when the motor is staflies) where all the TV transmittionary. The button has to be held in
ters are located. But my TV recepuntil the oil pressure light goes out.
tion is lousy on all three channels,
What do you think of the idea? (A.
both VHF and UHF, because my
M., Browns Plains, Qld).
house is on the eastern slope at
• To be brutally honest, we don't think
almost the lowest point in the valmuch of the idea at all. For a start, it
ley.
requires the use of a pushbutton to
All the TV antenna and antenna
disable the relay while the vehicle is
installation books in general deal
being started. This may be OK when
with "line of sight" installations
you are starting the engine at the beonly. I am sure there must be literginning of a journey. But what hapally hundreds of TV users around
pens if the vehicle stalls in traffic and
Australia in the same predicament
you suddenly need to restart the enas myself. There are hills on the
gine? You could easily forget to press
opposite side of the valley which
that button and thereby be subject to
bring in good reception from the
a considerable amount of hassle.
top. I don't want to install about a
Second, what happens if the oil
kilometre of cable plus supply
pressure switch itself fails? In our
experience, this is actually more
common than a loss of oil pressure.
Sometimes too, it is possible to have building a traditional timebase. A
a momentary loss of oil pressure while crystal oscillator running in a temperature stabilised oven may well
under heavy braking or during fast
cornering. Would you want the en- have a frequency stability of a few
parts in 10 million but isn't that a bit
gine to stop then?
With a normal car, if the- oil pres- old hat? Why not go a lot better and
sure switch fails or if the engine does strive for the accuracy of a Caesium
lose oil pressure, you can at least keep . beam clock - 3 or 4 orders of magnidriving until it is safe to stop and tude better?
Most, if not all, television networks
check the problem. With your scheme,
the engine would stop whether you in Australia are tied to a Caesium
beam clock. This means that if you
liked it or not.
If you are really concerned about measure the colour subcarrier freloss of oil pressure, we suggest that quency (4.43361875MHz) from your
you install a pressure gauge and per- local TV station when it is connected
haps an audible alarm which could to the National network, you have a
be connected to the oil pressure frequency reference of excellent acswitch. That way, even if the oil pres- curacy. All you need is a small colour
sure switch does malfunction, the oil TV set and a circuit to buffer the
pressure gauge will tell the true story. 4.43MHz crystal oscillator.
If enough of our readers are interested
in such a project (write and tell
Wants to build
us), we'll do it.
a stable timebase
I am interested in building a very
stable timebase which could operate
at 1MHz or 10MHz with a stability of
at least one part in 107 • Has SILICON
CHIP ever published such a project
and if not, do you have any plans for
such a project? (G. E., Dorrigo. NSW).
• We have not published any circuits
along these lines and do not have any
plans to do so at present. We also
wonder if there is much point in
UHF converter
for old TV set
I have recently acquired an old colour TV set that does not receive the
UHF band. I want to watch SBS and
so need a UHF to VHF converter. I
know that such units are commercially available but building is more
fun and perhaps a wee bit cheaper.
I do hope that you can service this
cable for line boosters. At that cost,
I'd be better off opting for "space
TV".
Could one install a reflector and
what size and type would be best?
Is there any other option? (P. T.,
Tullah, Tasmania).
• You are right that there are many
people in your predicament but in
your case, there does seem to be a
chance of a solution. You mention
a hill on the opposite side of the
valley where there is good reception. Why not use the hill as your
reflector? Aim your TV antenna
directly up to the top of the hill. If
the signal up there is strong, you
may well find that sufficient signal is reflected down to you to
give reasonable reception.
There is nothing new in this
technique and it is often used by
antenna installers in difficult hilly
areas.
request as I do like to watch SBS. (R.
J., Balmain, NSW).
• We have not described a UHF converter and we are not inclined to think
that such a project would be popular.
The reason? First, not enough people
with old TV sets want to watch programs on UHF and second, most
people have a VCR anyway. And that
is probably the cheapest and best way
to get a converter, since just about all
VCRs have a UHF tuner as standard.
We suggest you get a new VCR (or
even an old VCR with a worn out
transport mechanism) and your problem will be solved.
Expander for
tape player
I built the CD Compressor described
in the March 1989 issue of SILICON
CHIP and it worked first time. In fact,
it works so well that I use it not only
to compress from CD to tape but to
compress the vocals in our band.
Are you considering bringing out
an expander so we can pla.y our tapes
on the hifi and so bring back the original dynamic range? I built a compressor expander many years ago but the
distortion was abysmal.
Thank you for replying to my previous letter about feedback (see "Curcontinued on page 104
FEBRUARY1991
101
MARKET CENTRE
Cash in your surplus gear. Advertise it here in Silicon Chip.
r-------------------------7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FOR SALE
CLASSIFIED ADVERTISING RATES
WEATHER FAX programs for IBM XT/
ATs *** "RADFAX2" is a high resolution,
shortwave weather fax, Morse & RTTY
receiving program . Needs CGA, SSB
HF radio & Radfax decoder. Also
"RF2HERC", "RF2EGA" & "RF2VGA",
same as RADFAX2 but suitable for
Hercules, EGA & VGA cards respectively. $35. *** "SATFAX" is a NOAA,
Meteor & GMS weather satellite picture receiving program. Uses EGA &
VGA modes, needs EGA or VGA colour monitor & card, plus "WEATHER
FAX" PC card . $45 . *** All programs
are on 5.25-inch or 3.5-inch discs (state
which) & include documentation . Add
$3 postage. ONLY from M. Delahunty,
42 Villiers St, New Farm, 4005 Old.
Phone (07) 358 2785 .
Advertising rates for this page : Classified ads - $7.00 for up to 15 words plus 40
cents for each additional word. Display ads (casual rate) - $20 per column
centimetre (Max. 10cm).
Closing date: five weeks prior to month of sale. If you use a PO Box number, you
must include your permanent address and phone number for our files. We
cannot accept ads submitted without this information.
To run your classified ad, print clearly on the lines below or on a separate sheet of
paper & send the form together with your cheque or credit card details to : Silicon
Chip Classifieds, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach , NSW 2097. Or fax the details to
(02) 979 6503.
BWD OSCILLOSCOPE, 35MHz Dual
Trace , Model 830. As brand new. Paid
$1600, sell for $900 (no offers) . Contact Claude on (086) 28 2435 anytime .
MY AUSTRALIAN DESIGNED lowcost super-fast Z80 micro-controller
development system has gained acceptance already with educational institutions. Pop it on the end of any PC
MS DOS or Z80 machine and away you
go. Boards, EPROM and 360K disc
$76 including postage for a short form
kit. Gee, I wish I had this when I was a
IIT MATHS
COPROCESSORS
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $_ _ _ _ or please debit my
0 Bankcard
O Visa Card
O Master Card
Card No.
Signature_ _ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ Card expiry date___/_ __
Name _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ __
Street _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __
Suburb/town _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Postcode_ _ _ _ __
X
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L------ ------------------~
102
SILICON CHIP
2C-08
2C-10
2C-12
2C-20
2C87- 8MHZ
2C87-10MHZ
2C87-12MHZ
2C87-20MHZ
"""'&r.
~,s>
""o
$330
$359
$430
$490
~<
~<S'.s,
$640
3C-1_6 3C87-16MHZ
3C-20 3C87-20MHZ
$680
3C-25 3C87-25MHZ
$840
3C-33 3C87-33MHZ
$990
These pices include Sales Tax. Stocks
are limited at this price, so order early.
FIVE YEAR WARRANTY
CAD CONNECTION
PHONE (02)957 6719
FAX (02)954 5550
CONNECTION
CAD
MEMORY EXPANSION
SIMM & SIP
9 x 256
9 x 4MB
·120ns
·100ns
· 80ns
· ?Ons
· 60ns
-100ns
· sons
· ?Ons
· sons
· ?Ons
• sons
N/A
23.00
23 .80
24.70
30.00
79.00
81.50
89.50
76 .50
82.00
528.00
DRAM/DIP
4164
41256
41464
4 x 256
1MB
-100ns
· sons
· 80ns
· sons
• sons
2. 10
2.40
2.50
7.65
7.65
9 x 1MB
8 x 1MB(MAC)
Prices At Sept. 13, 1990
CO-PROCESSORS
INTEL
8087-2
80287-10
80C287-1 2
387SX· 16
387DX-16
387SX-20
387DX·20
387DX-25
387DX·33
175.00
308.00
390.00
435.00
478 .00
490.00
538.00
680.00
835.00
CYRIX
400.00
490.00
750.00
387SX-16
387DX·20
3870X-33
TOSHIBA LAPTOP
TIOOOSE
T1600
T3100E
T3100SX
T3200SX
T3200
T5100
T5200
2MB
515 .00
2MB
340.00
2MB
340.00
2MB
340.00
2MB
340.00
3MB
570.00
2MB
340.00
2MB
340.00
COMPAQ
386-20. 386-25. 386·20E , 386-S, 386-33
4MB MOD ULES
680.00
4MB BOArds
798.00
TOROID POWER
TRANSFORMERS
From quality UK manufacturers.
Available from stock at discount
prices, 15VA to 625VA. Send
SSAE for data & prices to:
Transformer Discounters,
PO Box 542, Wahroonga 2076.
IBM PS/2
PELHAM
WEITEK
3167-20
3167-33
4167-25
4167-33
820.00
1010.00
1500.00
1780.00
30/286.50
70E61 ,121
70A21
2MB
2MB
2MB
250.00
280.00
280.00
Sales Tax 20%. Overnight Delivery. Credit Cards Welcome
1st Floor, 100 Yarrara Road , Pennant Hills , NSW 2120.
Tel (02) 980 6988 Fax (02) 980 6991
MAX 1/0 Board
Kit $169.00 Buitl & Tested $269.00
•
•
•
•
•
•
7 x Relays SPST 2 amps each
8 x Switch inputs (TTL)
1 x DAG (Digital to Analog converter)
1 x ADC ( Analog to Digital converter)
4 x Motor Drive outputs (40mA ea.)
1 x Programmable timer output.
MAX includes a 20 page manual with all schematics,
parts layout etc., a 360K PC compatible floppy with
diagnostic and sample software in GW-Basic. MAX
runs from a PC compatible Printer pert for full
compatibility with a large range of computers. Same
day dispatch of orders. Credit cards or personal cheque
welcome.
Phone: (08) 332 6513 or Fax: (08) 364 0902 (24 hours)
ELECTRONIC TOY SERVICES, PO BOX
491, NOARLUNGA CENTRE, SA 5168.
Phone: (08) 382 8919
LOOP ANTENNA
Improve signal strength & quality with this portable
antenna. Kit $44.00. Built and Tested S69 00
COMPACT INDOOR FM ANTENNAS
Two models to choose from, Terk FM2000 a passive loop
FM antenna for $69 .95 or the Terk Pl2 powered FM
antenna with wideband low noise filter for S199.00.
KIT REPAIRS
We can also provide assembly facilities for small
production runs at competitive prices
Kits repaired from all
magazines. PCs and
peripherals also repaired
Ring anytime 9am - 9pm
JILOA (TECHNIKIT DIVISION)
EEM ELECTRONICS
LEARN WITH UCANDO TRAINING
COMPUTER ANIMATED VIDEOS
10 Bouverie Place
Epping Vic. 3076
(03) 401 1393
PC Computers 36 Regent St,Kensington, SA,
MODEL TRAIN CONTROLLER project
Silicon Chip November 1990, $19.95 plus
$2.50 p&p. Plugpack, 12VAC, 1.7A, suitable
for the above (use rectifier), $29.95 plus
$4.00 p&p. Kits built & repaired. Prototype
production board supplier to the hobbyist &
supplier of SILICON CHIP project PCBs.
ACTIVE SHORTWAVE ANTENNA
SILICON CHIP, JAN 1990. Complete kit S59 00, Built and
Tested $119.00, Case $10.00.
FIX-A-KIT
$20.00 PER HOUR LABOUR
3 MONTHS WARRANTY ON REPAIRS
12 MONTHS WARRANTY ON CONSTRUCTION
Service to most types of electronic equipment
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
HVCAL INSTRUMENTS
Design. Manufacture & Repair of Electronic
Equipment
Trading Hours 8am to 3pm, Monday to Friday
(02) 633 5897
PO Box 73, Glenhuntly, VIC 3163.
Telephone: (03) 571 6303
VT201 53 Mins DC Circuits
VT202 71 Mins AC Circuits
VT203 54 Mins VCR Maint.
VT204110 Mins VCR Repair
VT205 47 Mins Semiconductors
VT206 55 Mins Power Supplies
VT207 54 Mins Amplifiers
$75.42
$79.54
$75.42
$114.97
$75.42
$75 .42
$75.42
Mastercard/Visa/NZ Cheque to :
Electronics Assembly Company
PO Box 21191, Christchurch,
New Zealand. Phone (03) 79 5570
Price includes postage & packing.
kid. For more information, send a 43c
stamp to: Don McKenzie, 29 Ellesmere
Crescent, Tullamarine 3043.
CREATE YOUR OWN DIGITAL WAVEFORMS
FOR SALE: 5mW LASER. Fully built
power supply. $350. (02) 728 4768.
As described in SILICON CHIP in March 1990, May 1990 & June 1990. The
software can also be used for the similar project (Simple PC Function Generator) described in Electronics Australia in January 1989.
ANTIQUE RADIO
Software & PC Board: $39.95 incl. p&p. Software only: $32.50 incl. p&p.
Money Order or Cheque. Guaranteed delivery within 14 days.
ANTIQUE RADIO restorations. Your
one-stop electronic repair shop. Specialising in restoring vintage radios including chassis rewiring, quality new
parts, valves, valve sockets, speakers,
transformers, cabinet restoration. Quality secondhand radio dials & parts for
most brands & models. About 400 radios in stock for restoration & parts.
M. Radvanyi, PO Box 49, Kingswood, NSW 2749.
Every restored wireless is covered by a
2-year warranty on parts & service.
French polishing of timber cabinets
available. Vintage car radios in valve &
transistor types available for restora-
tion. Repairs done on tape decks,
amplifiers, TVs & videos. Open Sat.
10am-5pm; Sun. 12.30-Spm. 109 Cann
St, Bass Hill, NSW 2197. Phone (02)
645 3173 BH or (02) 7261613AH. SC
FEBRUARY1991
103
ASK SILICON CHIP - CTD FROM PAGE 101
Advertising Index
Altronics .............................. 52-53
ing Feedback with Equalisation",
p106, August 1990). I have decided
to take your advice on frequency shifting the whole signal slightly with a
"Howl Round Stabiliser", though the
pitch shifting chips (MC1495) are
rather hard to find. (S. P., Melville,
WA).
• We have not considered doing an
expander although the circuit is not
much different from that of the compressor. We'll put it on the list of
projects for 1991. How about that?
The Motorola MC1495 should be
available from VSI Electronics (Australia) Pty Ltd in Perth. Try them on
(09) 328 8499.
Volume control needs
better matching
I have built two Studio 200 Stereo
Control Units, as described in the June
and July 1988 issues of SILICON CHIP.
Both work well but they both have
the same problem. When I want to
listen at very low levels, when the
rest of my family is asleep, I find that
one channel is louder than the other.
Is there a design fault in the circuit or
is there a modification I can make to
improve the problem? (M. K., Stanmore, NSW).
• What you are experiencing is not a
design fault but the normal lack of
matching between sections of the
volume control when it is set at very
low levels. Just about all controls on
stereo amplifiers have the same problem unless a higher cost, specially
matched vo lume control has been
install ed.
Japanese firms such as Alps do
manufacture closely matched dual
ganged volume controls but they.are
not cheap or readily available. It might
also be possible to purchase such a
volume control as a replacement part
for a Japanese amplifier.
One other way around the problem
would be to put in an extra switch to
reduce the gain for low level listening, similar to a Mute switch. That
way, you could listen at low levels
but have the volume contro l set to
say, 9 or 10 o' clock, where the control matching is reasonable. This
could be achieved by switching a
22kQ resistor in series with each section of the Balance control.
Another way could be to wire one
pair of the Source inputs for lower
gain. If you listen to CD most of the
time, connect a 120kQ resistor from
the CD input to the Aux 2 input, in
each channel. Then when you select
Aux 2, you can listen to CDs with a
higher setting on the volume control.
Arista ......................... ..... 17,74,97
Back Issues .. .. ....... .......... ..... 58,59
Boston Technology . ... . .. ... .. ... ... 89
Cad Connection ... ... .. ... .. ... .... 102
Christian Blind Mission ............ 97
David Reid Electronics ........ IFC ,1
Dick Smith Electronics ........... . 5-7
EEM Electronics .. ... ... .. ... ... .... 103
Electronic Solutions ............ 25,81
Electronic Toy Services .......... 103
Electronics World ......... ... ... ..... 75
Elmeasco . ... .. ... .... ... .. .. ... ... .... .. 27
Geoff Wood Electronics . .... ... .. 13
Harbuch Electronics .. .............. 38
Hycal Instruments ...... ... ..... ... . 103
Jaycar Electronics ..... ........... 33-36
69-72
Jiloa ............. ........... .... ............ 103
J.V. Tuners .... .. ... ....... .............. 79
M. Radvanyi ...... .... .... ..... ....... 103
Oatley Electronics ...... ..... ......... 51
PC Computers . .... ... ... .... .. .. ... 103
PC Marketplace ... ...... .... ... .... IBC
Pelham ............... .. ........ .. ....... 103
RCS Radio .. .. ... .... ... .. ... ... ... ... .. 75
Resurrection Radio .. .. .... .. ... ... .. 41
Rod Irving Electronics ....... ... 44,45
60,61,90,91
Sheridan Electronics .... .. ... .. .. .. . 19
x
r-------------------------,
Silicon Chip Binders ...... ........ OBC
SILICON CHIP BINDERS
Subscriptions . .. .... ... ... ... ... .. .. . .. 99
To: Silicon Chip Publications, PO Box 139,
Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097, Australia.
Yes! Please send me _ _ _ SILICON CHIP binder(s) at $A11 .95 plus
$A3 p&p each (NZ $A6 p&p).
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $_ _ _ _ _ or please debit my
O Bankcard
O Visa Card
0 Master Card
Card No .
Signature_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ Card expiry date_ _ _,/_ _ _
Name _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ __
Street _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ __ _
Suburb/town _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ Postcode_ _ __ _ __
L _________________________ J
104
SILICON CHIP
Sound Australia .. ... ... ... ... ... .. .. . .. 17
Transformer Discounters ...... 103
PC Boards
Printed circuit boards for SILICON
CHIP projects are made by:
• Electronic Toy Services, 2/111
Glynville Drive, Hackham West, SA
5163. Phone (08) 382 8919.
• Jemal Products , 5 Forge St,
Welshpool, WA 6106. Phone (09)
350 5555.
• Marday Services, PO Box 19-189,
Avondale, Auckland, NZ. Phone 88
5730.
• RCS Radio Pty Ltd, 651 Forest
Rd, Bexley, NSW 2207. Phone (02)
587 3491.
ml llilDmlmlllilmlmlmlmlmJ[IEIIIIDIIDIIDI
SUPER SPECIALS
FLOPPY DISK CONTROLLERS
TO SUIT AT ONLY
/ BRAND NAME 360K 5.25" DISK DRIVES"" /
WITH 3 MONTHS WARRANTY
e 1 FOR $69 e 2 FOR $120 e 3 FOR $165 e 4 FOR $200
MOTHERBOARDS
WAS NOW
8088
8088
8088
8088
8088
8088
80286
80286
80386
80386
,80486
12Mhz
12Mhz 640K installed
12Mhz 1Mb installed
31Mhz
31 Mhz 640K installed
31 Mhz 1Mb installed
12Mhz
16Mhz NEAT
25Mhz Cache
33Mhz Cache
25Mhz Cache
$129.00
$250.00
$300.00
$225.00
$335.00
$385.00
$350.00
$649.00
$1995.00
$2495.00
$109.00
$199.00
$235.00
$189.00
$279.00
$319.00
$299.00
$449.00
$1495.00
$1795.00
$4395.<>9
WAS
,r
$199.00
$299.00
$399.00
$499.00
880K Macintosh series
164K Apple 11E
164K Apple 11Gs
720K Amstrad PC 1512/1640
1.44 Amstrad PC 2000
360K Amstrad PC 2000
1.2 Amstrad PC 2000
1.2 Amstrad Portable
720KAtariSt
360K/720k 40/80 Atari ST
880K Amiga 500/1000/2000
360K Amiga 500/1000/2000
720K IBM
1.44 IBM
360K IBM
1.2 IBM
1.2 IBM PS11
360K Toshiba/portables
1.2 Toshiba/portables
,r
WAS
WAS
WAS
/
NOW
$329.00
$209.00
$229.00
$249.00
$309.00
$249.00
$249.00
INTERNAL FLOPPY "'
DISK DRIVES
3.5HH
3.5HH
3.5HH
5.25
5.25
WAS
NOW
$ 99.00
$245.00
$245.00
$299.00
$199.00
$79.00
$199.00
$199.00
$279.00
$149.00_.
pricing.
WAS
Serial I/O Card 4 port
Serial 1/0 Card 8 port
Games card 2 port
Parallel printer card
Serial 2 port XT
Serial 2 port AT
Serial/Par/Games XT/AT
2Serial /2Parallel
Multi 1/0 S/P/G/C/F XT/AT
Proto Board with decoder
\_Slot Extension Kit
NOW
KEYBOARDS
/
WAS
Mono PC/XT/AT
CGA
_.
...
\.
WAS
NOW
$129.00
$199.00
$55.00
$99.00
$139.00
$175.00
$245.00
$220.00
$119.00
$99 .00
$179 .00
$39.95
$79.00
$99.00
$149 .00
$199 .00
$199.00
$99 .00
e
:;~~:~~
$299.00
WRITE OR
PHONE FOR
FREE
CATALOGUE
PHONE OR FAX TODAY/
....
._ """W"'~""'4i
--- .
I"◄
VISA
SERVICE IS THE DIFFERENCE
""
-=•- ..--·-~"'1111111!!!!1•
MillJ ~;ii~ l!D1i
0
SERVICE IS THE DIFFERENCE • SERVICE IS THE DIFFERENCE
$69.00
$99.00
DEALER
ENQUIRIES
WELCOME-
.
PERSONAL COMPUTER MARKETPLACE Pty ud
PHONE (02)4186711
Include $10 with order fur all normal items - heavy
items, e.g. monitors add $16.
FAX
(02)4186713
14 day money back guarantee
Mail Order Address:
Order by phone (use credit card), by fax or by mail.
P.O. Box 1100 Lane Cove
Unless insurance is declined it will be charged at
1% of total purchase. This is fur your protection.
NSW2066
PRICES CURRENT FOR MONTH OF PUBLICATION OR WHLE STOCKS LAST.
NOW
\."'----------~
CONTROLLER CARDS
FOG 360/720/1.2/1.4 x4
FOG 360K to 2.88Mb X4
FOG 360K INT/EXT x4
FOG 360/720/1 .2/1.4 x2
HOG MFM -PG/XT
HOG/FOG MFM PG/XT
HOG/FOG MFM AT
HOG MFM AT
Go-Existant FOG 2 Drives
$109.00
$109.00
~:~it 256K :~:~:~
VGA 16 bit 512K $449.00
FREIGHT CHARGES
e
GRAPHIC CARDS '
I ~~:
'
WAS $109 .00
NOW $89.00
'
$199.00 $179.00
$449.00 $429.00
$ 29.50 $25.00
$ 24.95 $19.95
$ 55.00 $35.00
$ 65.00 $40.00
$125.00 $62.50
$ 75.00 $50.00
$125.00 $99.00
$149.00 $99.00
$199.00 $149.00 _.
-~~-----------~
101 Enhanced keyboard
(
$125.00NOW $99.00
$199.00NOW $149.00
"
NOW
MOUSE/ACCESSORIES '
WAS
$185.00
$285.00
$249.00
$299.00
$249.00
$299.00
$409.00
$309.00
$369.00 _.
NOW
$160.00
$169.00
$265.00
$69.00
$149.00
...
Mouse for PC/XT/AT/PS11 $119.00 $99.00
Mighty Scanner
$399.00 $379.00
~Sound Blaster
$399.00 $349.0~
'-
$379.00
$249.00
$279.00
WAS
$199.00
$199.00
$299.00
$149.00
$179.00
INTERFACE CARDS
a huge range of
cables, adaptors, swithboxes
and chips
Call today for very competitive
/
720K
1.44
4MB
360K
1.2
'-
MEMORY CARDS
TRY PC MARKETPLACE SUPERFAST MAILORDER -
Pfii{ (jfeeson 's
$205.00
$499.00
$849.00
$649.00
$399.00
$699.00
$999.00
'-
WAS
\.
/
'
NOW
14" White/Amber/Green
$239.00
$535.00
14" Philips CGA
$899.00
14" Multisync VGA
$695.00
14" Colour VGA
$499.00
Olympia NP30 Centronics
Olympia NP80/24 Centronics
$779.00
Olympia N P136/24 Centronics $1395.00
$349.00
$249.00
$269.00
$269.00
$329.00
$329.00
$329.00
$399.00
$269,00
$299.00
$199.00
$299.00
$299.00
$329.00
$299.00
$329.00
$449.00
$349.00
$399.00
POWER SUPPLIES
150W XT Power Supply
200W AT Power Supply
'
MONITORS/PRINTERS
EXTERNAL FLOPPY DISK DRIVES "'
3.5
5.25
5.25
3.5
3.5
5.25
5.25
5.25
3.5
5.25
3.5
5.25
3.5
3.5
5.25
5.25
5.25
5.25
\.5.25
NORMALLY $99.00 SUPER SPECIAL $49.00
SAVE $50.00 HURRY LIMITED STOCKS
Memory card PC/XT 576k
"" Memory card 2Mb AT
Memory card 2Mb XT
NOW Memory card 32Mb XT/AT
$149.00 {lam card for Amiga
$250.00
$299.00
We also stock
$399.00_.
CASES
XT Case 4 Drives 150W P/S
AT Case 3 Drive 200W P/S
Minitower Case 200W P/S.
\... Maxitower Case 200W P/S
WiH support up to 2 driws of 360172().11 .2/1.44 includes cables for both 5.25" and 3.5" drives
e
SERVICE IS THE DIFFERENCE
|